Thermozone ® Air Curtains
Local Climate. Global Comfort.
Product catalogue
Frico AB
Frico Ltd.
Box 102, SE-433 22 Partille
72 Cheston Road, Birmingham B7 5EJ
Sweden
Great Britain
Tel.
+46 31 336 86 00
Tel.
+44 0121 322 0854
Fax.
+46 31 26 28 25
Fax.
+44 0121 322 0858
[email protected] · www.frico.se
[email protected] · www.frico.co.uk
Frico GmbH
GELU-Frico BV
Kolpingstraße 14, 1232 Wien
Steenovenweg 3, 5708 HN Helmond
Netherlands
Austria
Tel.
+43 1 616 24 40-0
Tel.
+31 04 92 59 07 86
Fax.
+43 1 616 24 40-50
Fax.
+31 04 92 59 07 87
[email protected] · www.frico-group.at
[email protected] · www.gelu-frico.nl
Frico rep. office China
Frico AS
Rm 702, Modern Communication Building 201,
P.B. 82 Alnabru, 0614 Oslo
New Jin qiao Rd, 201206 Shanghai
China
Tel.
+46 31 336 86 00
Fax.
+46 31 26 28 25
Thermozone® Air Curtains
Headoffice
Norway
Tel.
+47 23 37 19 00
Fax.
+47 23 37 19 10
[email protected] · www.frico.no
[email protected] · www.frico.se
Frico SAS
Frico rep. office Russia
53 avenue Carnot, 69250 Neuville
Lavrov per. 6, 109044 Moscow
sur Saône
France
Tel.
+33 4 72 42 99 42
Fax.
+33 4 72 42 99 49
Russia
Tel.
+7 495 676 44 48
Fax.
+7 495 676 00 99
[email protected] · www.frico.com.ru
[email protected] · www.frico.fr
GELU-Frico GmbH
Frico rep. office Spain
Dieselstraße 4, 73278 Schlierbach
C/.Cabeza de hierro 39, 28880 Meco
Tel.
Fax.
+49 702 19 70 030
+49 702 17 68 41
[email protected] · www.frico-group.de
Spain
Tel.
+34 91 887 60 00
Fax.
+34 91 887 60 00
[email protected] · www.frico.se
Issue 36
Germany
Thermozone® Air Curtains
Dear customer,
Welcome to the new Frico air curtain catalogue!
You will find interesting news such as recessed air
curtains and powerful air curtains for industrial
doorways, along with many good old friends. We
have developed the catalogue further to make it
easy to find the information you need.
Our ultimate ambition is to give you the best
possible support and the finest technical solutions.
With this catalogue we offer you our air curtain
competence and 75 years experience of heating.
To have Frico as a partner is the safe choice.
As market leaders in Europe, we are at the
technical leading edge with our main product
groups, air curtains, radiant heaters and fan
heaters. A further step is our cooperation with
leading architects and product designers to create
even more attractive products that blend well in
all environments.
We are proud to present the Thermozone
technology to you. A technology developed by
many years of experience and testing to optimize
the air curtain effect.
The Thermozone range has been developed and
is manufactured in our own plants where we have
some of the most sophisticated air flow and sound
laboratories in Europe.
#ONlANCE
!SIANTUNTEMUS
šÈÇÀÌ +OMPETANSE
4ILLIT
#OMPETÐNCIA+OMPETENZ
ŸÍËÎÅÑÅÌÑÌÍÐÑÙ
6ERTRAUEN
:AUFANIE
#ONlAN A
%STETYKA
+OMPETENCJA
šÍÂÅÏÈÅ#OMPETENCE
,UOTETTAVUUS
#OMPETANCE
4RUST
$ESIGN
We hope this catalogue will be an effective tool,
but never hesitate to contact us.
With best regards
Jonas Valentin
MD, Frico AB
&RICO!"0/"OX3% 0ARTILLE3WEDEN
0H
&AX
MAILBOX FRICOSEqWWWFRICOSE
Content
Introduction
Contact information
About Frico
Frico air curtains
How to choose the right air curtain
2-3
4-9
10
11-15
AD100, for small openings
18-21
Entrances
ADA, without heat, for heights < 2,5 m
AD200, for heights < 2,5 m
AD300, for heights < 3,5 m
AC200, for heights < 2,5 m
AR200, recessed mounting, for heights < 2,5 m
AR300, recessed mounting, for heights < 3,5 m
ADR, recessed mounting, for heights < 3,5 m
AC Corinte, exclusive design, for heights < 3 m
AD Corinte, exclusive design, for heights < 3,5 m
RD, for openings with revolving doors
SF, for openings with revolving doors
Tailor-made solutions
24-25
26-39
40-55
56-63
64-69
70-77
78-89
90-101
102-115
116-125
126-133
134-135
Industry
AD400, for heights < 4 m
AG4000, for heights < 4 m
AG4500/5000, for heights < 5 m
AGV4000, vertical mounting, for widths < 4 m
AGI, vertical/horizontal mounting, for large doorways
AC300/400, for heights < 3 m
AC500, for heights < 6 m
AC600, blows from below, for large doorways
138-155
156-169
170-181
182-195
196-207
208-211
212-215
216-221
Cold storage
ADA Cool, without heat, for heights < 2,5 m
Our cool models
224-225
226-227
Control and accessories
ADEA, air curtain control
Fan speed controls
Thermostats
Water control
Accessories
229
230-231
232-233
234
235
Thermozone technology
Sound
Table and diagrams for dimensioning
Energy savings with air curtains
Why is there draught from an opening?
240-243
244
245
246-247
248-249
Product section
Small openings
Technical handbook
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice. See www.frico.se for latest updated information.
We are Frico International
Export Department
Sales Support
Jan Svallingson
Export Director
+46 31 336 86 21
[email protected]
Pontus Johansson
Export Area Manager
+46 31 336 86 35
[email protected]
Yvonne Stenholm
Sales Support Manager
+46 31 336 86 16
[email protected]
Jan-Erik Lundholm
Export Area Manager
+46 31 336 86 13
[email protected]
Ghassan J. Awad
Export Area Manager
+46 706 333 860
[email protected]
Ingvor Thomsson Björklund
Marketing & Sales
Coordinator
+46 31 336 86 06
[email protected]
Solveig Bergqvist
Export Area Manager
+46 31 336 86 23
[email protected]
Mond Chang
Sales Manager Shanghai
+86 21 625 699 00
[email protected]
Lena Majqvist
Sales Coordinator
+46 31 336 86 38
[email protected]
Technical Support
Product Development
Product Management
Björn Sandqvist
Technical Support Manager
+46 31 336 86 14
[email protected]
Daniel Gebäck
Project Manager
+46 31 336 86 44
[email protected]
Mats Careborg
Technical Manager
Product Management
+46 31 336 86 02
[email protected]
Hossein Mohrsazha
Technical Support
+46 31 336 86 45
[email protected]
Anna Rydh
Product Development
+46 31 336 86 31
[email protected]
Ola Wallander
Product Manager
+46 31 336 86 26
[email protected]
Martin Ekman
Technical Support
+46 31 336 86 34
[email protected]
Rikard Hult
Product Development
+46 31 336 86 07
[email protected]
Management
Helena Hedberg
Technical Information
Manager
+46 31 336 86 29
[email protected]
2
Stephan Hansson
Product Quality
+46 31 336 86 10
[email protected]
Jonas Valentin
Managing Director
+46 31 336 86 04
[email protected]
Introduction
We are here
Frico
Frico distributors
Frico's headoffice is located outside
Göteborg in Sweden and we have
subsidiaries in Norway, France,
United Kingdom, Germany, Russia,
China, Spain, the Netherlands and
Austria. Dealers represent us in
more than 50 countries all over the
world.
We manufacture at production
units in Skinnskatteberg, Sweden
and at other ISO-certified
production units in Europe. Our
warehouses are strategically
placed in Sweden, UK, France and
Germany.
Headoffice
Frico AB
Box 102
Industrivägen 41
SE-433 22 Partille
Sweden
T: +46 31 336 86 00
F: +46 31 26 28 60
[email protected]
www.frico.se
Frico AS
Vollaveien 20 A
P.B 82 Alnabru
NO-0614 Oslo
Norway
T: +47 23 37 19 00
F: +47 23 37 19 10
[email protected]
www.frico.no
Frico SAS
53 avenue Carnot
69250 Neuville sur
Saône
France
T: +33 4 72 42 99 42
F: +33 4 72 42 99 49
[email protected]
www.frico.fr
Frico Ltd.
72 Cheston Road
Birmingham B7 5EJ
Great Britain
T: +44 0121 322 0854
F: +44 0121 322 0858
[email protected]
www.frico.co.uk
Frico rep. office Russia
Lavrov per. 6
RU-109044 Moscow
Russia
T: +7 495 676 44 48
F: +7 495 676 00 99
[email protected]
www.frico.com.ru
Frico rep. office China
Rm 702, Modern
Communication
Building
201, New Jin qiao Rd
201206 Shanghai
China
T: +86 21 625 699 00
F: +86 21 625 547 47
[email protected]
www.frico.com.cn
GELU-Frico GmbH
Dieselstraße 4
DE-73278 Schlierbach
Germany
T: +49 702 19 70 030
F: +49 702 17 68 41
[email protected]
www.gelu-frico.de
GELU-Frico BV
Steenovenweg 3
NL-5708 HN Helmond
Netherlands
T: +31 04 92 59 07 86
F: +31 04 92 59 07 87
[email protected]
www.gelu-frico.nl
Frico GmbH
Kolpingstraße 14
Frico rep. office Spain 1232 Wien
C/.Cabeza de hierro, 39 Austria
28880 Meco
T: +43 1 616 24 40-0
Spain
F: +43 1 616 24 40-50
T: +34 91 887 60 00
[email protected]
+34 61 697 18 49
www.altexa-frico.at
F: +34 91 887 60 00
[email protected]
www.frico.com.es
3
Good reasons to choose Frico
More than 75 years of experience of developing
products for the varied Nordic climate has provided
us with a unique knowledge bank. This is our
foundation when creating today's energy efficient
solutions for a comfortable indoor climate.
Leading technique and design
Frico is the leading supplier of air curtains, radiant
heaters and fan heaters. All our products are well
designed in good Scandinavian tradition.
Knowledge and resources
Since we develop our own products, our knowledge
on how to create an energy efficient indoor climate
is constantly growing. We have one of Europe's most
modern and advanced air and sound laboratories to
aid us.
Qualified local support
Frico is present locally in some 50 countries worldwide
with a network of wholly-owned subsidiaries and
independent distributors. Our highly qualified
representatives are carefully chosen and together we are
able to provide you with the best possible support. To
find your nearest Frico subsidiary or distributor, please
visit www.frico.se.
4
Frico Academy
The Academy is an important platform for networking
and sharing inspiration and knowledge between us and
our distributors around the world.
Through the Frico Academy we share our knowledge
on theory and technology, as well as product knowledge
and experience in manufacturing and product
development.
Quality and long life
Frico offers consistent and high product quality. Our
product warranty is there for your safety. It covers
manufacturing faults and is valid for three years.
Frico products are designed for long life and are easy
to maintain. Through our distribution network we
provide reliable maintenance and service support which
includes the availability of spare parts for at least ten
years.
References
Our products create comfortable indoor climates all
over the world. Below are some of our references.
· Odeon, London
· Eiffel Tower, Paris
· Moscow Metro, Moscow
· Hurtigrutten, Norway
· Wasa Museum, Stockholm
· LKAB Mine, Sweden
· Changan Theatre, China
· IKEA
· Oro Uostas Airport, Lithuania · McDonald's
Our product groups
Air curtains
It makes sound economical sense to create an efficient
and invisible door that keeps the nice heat inside. If you
want to keep the cold inside you will save even more.
Thermozone technology with its precisely adjusted air
velocity gives even protection throughout the opening.
Frico air curtains provide the most efficient separation
with the lowest possible energy consumption, regardless
of whether it is the heat or the cold that you want to
keep inside.
R
Radiant heaters
Frico radiant heaters imitate the sun, the most
comfortable and efficient heat source available. The
heat is emitted only when the rays hit a surface and
the room temperature can thus be lowered while
maintaining experienced (operative) temperature. This
makes radiant heaters well suited not only for total
heating but also for zone and spot heating, for example
to avoid cold draughts from windows.
Radiant heaters are easy to install and require
minimum maintenance. They heat directly when
switched on and give no air movement.
Fan heaters
We are proud of the worldwide fame Frico fan heaters
have gained. They are reliable and are designed for long
life. Our range covers all needs. The investment cost is
low compared to other heating systems.
A great advantage of fan heaters is the option of
combining heating and ventilation. Frico fan heaters are
compact, silent and light weight. They are available for
electrical heating as well as for water heating.
For more information please visit www.frico.se
5
The Frico story
Frico has a long tradition of creating technically
creative quality products for a comfortable indoor
climate. The product groups that we offer today have
been introduced along the way.
The beginning
Friberg & Co was founded in 1932 by civil engineers
Mr. Eggertz and Mr. Friberg. In 1936 the brand Frico
was registered. Everything was tailor-made according to
customer demands.
The first big order came from the Swedish Public
Railway Authority that needed heaters for their train
waggons. Many different heating products have passed
the drawing table at Frico since then.
5 August 1932
Friberg & Co is founded
1935
First Frico
catalogue
1934
The first big order
6
Technology and testing
Quality has always been a well known characteristic of
Frico products, as well as high technical functionality.
Beginning in 1956 research was emphasized and the
final testing of all products was introduced.
The first documented test was the so-called atomic
test (the method included measuring of radio activity)
to show the strain a car motor is exposed to when not
preheated before starting. Frico’s bestseller at this time
was the motor heater and the test showed that starting
a cold motor at -25 °C caused the same wear as driving
800 km and a cold start at 0 °C had the same effect as
driving 80 km.
1938
The ribbed pipe
radiator
1956
Technology and
testing
1955
Frico fan
heaters
"Atomic test"
1960
Frico goes
abroad
Widening the scope
From 1960 and onwards Frico began widening the scope
geografically, first to the Nordic countries, then Europe
and some 25 years later Frico was present worldwide.
The introduction of Frico products in warm climates
also meant a demand for air curtains without heat and
these were introduced in the 1980s. Today they are
in common use worldwide for example in cold storage
openings.
1967
Radiant heaters,
a new product
group
1973
Air curtains are
introduced
Quality and sustainable design
Frico’s oldest product still offered in the range is the
ribbed pipe radiator that was introduced in the late
1930s. This product has even found a new market in
modern houses and is popular among architects. Our
aim is for all our products to become classics. They
should have high quality, the best performance and a
design that lasts.
1980
Air curtains
without heat
2001
Frico rep. office in
China
1992
Merge with
worldwide
Systemair
2007
Frico's 75th
anniversary
7
Research and development
We have one of Europe’s most modern air and sound
laboratories. Research and measurements are done
regularly to develop new products but also to enhance
and improve existing products. Measurements are done
according to AMCA and ISO standards.
At our test facilities we do measurements on the
following aspects:
• Airflow
• Sound
• Winding temperature
• Air velocity
• Heating capacity
The black corner
The temperature on the air curtain and surrounding surfaces is
measured.
Airflow measurement
The air curtain blows into the zero pressure chamber. At the
opposite end of the rig is a suction fan which readjusts the
pressure to zero. The pressure difference (at zero pressure) is
measured using nozzles. The nozzles are designed according
to AMCA standard. The airflow is derived from the pressure
difference. AMCA standard defines the airflow that equals
each pressure difference.
Air curtain
Pressure measurement
Nozzle
Zero pressure
Airflow measurement according to AMCA 210-85 standard
8
Acoustic room
• Background sound 9 dB(A)
• Resting on 76 springs that eliminate vibrations from the
production
• No parallel surfaces
• Reverberation time 6 seconds
Exhaust fan
75 years of collected knowledge
Not only does 75 years of experience provide
us with invaluable knowledge in designing high
quality products with the best performance, it also
enables us to provide a knowledge bank that can be
accessed on the web, in our printed material or can
be obtained by contacting us or our distributors. We
welcome you to share our knowledge!
Web
Get inspiration from our references and updated
information from the product database which includes
product details, manuals, wiring diagrams and pictures.
Make sure you check out www.frico.se for the latest
updated product information, references, news, etc.
Catalogues
The Frico catalogues contains in‑depth information on
all the products in our range, as well as the theoretical
underpinnings. Besides the air curtain catalogue that
you are holding in your hand, there is also a Heating
catalogue containing the product ranges fan heaters,
radiant heaters and convectors. Both catalogues include
suitable regulators and accessories.
Mini catalogue
The mini catalogue presents brief information and basic
technical data on all our products in one edition.
Assortment folders
Assortment folders give an overview of the product
groups air curtains, fan heaters and radiant heaters in
three separate editions.
Concept folders
For more specific applications we have produced the
concept folders. Today they include the applications
Entrances, Industry, Open air restaurants, Petrol
Stations, Cold Storage and Martime environments.
Marketing support
We are happy to provide you with the digital material of
all of the above for your own presentations, translation,
printing etc. We can also provide you with templates for
marketing material such as advertising, banners etc.
9
Research and development
Regular tests and measurements are made to
develop new, but also to improve our existing,
products. With radiant heaters it is primarily the
temperature and heating capacity that we are
interested in.
Black corner
In the black corner both external and internal
temperatures are measured in and on the radiant
heater as well as on walls and ceilings. Black surfaces
have a very high capacity to absorb heat radiation
and therefore give the least advantageous conditions
for our products.
The radiant heater is mounted according to the
minimum distances to ceiling, walls and floor given
in the manual. The temperatures are then registered
in a data logger using the thermo-elements placed
on the black corner and apparatus surfaces. The
temperature inside the apparatus is measured
and checked to ensure that the heater meets the
requirements regarding safety standards.
Black corner
IR camera
The external temperature can also be measured
using an IR camera or heat camera as it is also
known. It allows contact free measurement because
no thermo-elements are necessary. The result is
an illustration of entire surfaces that gives a good
picture of the temperature distribution in the heater.
Air and sound tests
Our test facility for air and sound is among the
most modern in Europe. Measurements of air flow,
sound and winding temperatures are carried out
primarily on our air curtains and fan heaters. The
measurements are carried out according to the
AMCA and ISO standards.
The acoustic room has no parallel surfaces and rests on 76 springs
that eliminate vibration from the production. The background noise
is 9 dB(A).
10
Temperature in the IRC radiant heater taken with an IR camera.
With the IR camera, the temperature differential between the
element and sleeve in Comfortinfra CIR is clear.
Air curtains
Special features of Frico air curtains
Thermozone® technology
Thirtyfive years of air curtain development in the
demanding Scandinavian climate has given us a unique
platform to create air curtains with optimal door
protection.
Thanks to Thermozone technology, performance
can be precisely adjusted to obtain an air curtain with
efficient separation that is also comfortable to pass
through.
Thermozone air curtains are optimized in:
• Airflow geometry
• Performance
• Sound level
Read more about Thermozone technology in the
Technical handbook.
Design
Frico cooperates with leading architects and product
designers to create today’s aesthetic products. For
visible mounting there are models that harmonize with
exclusive shop interiors as well as industrial buildings.
For invisible mounting, the unit is built in with only the
outlet visible.
Air curtains for every application
Frico offers a wide range of options for every
application, whether you want your air curtain without
heat or with electrical or water heating. Our range
includes air curtains for all openings from service
hatches to air hangars.
Depending on the structure and space around the
opening, you may want an air curtain for horizontal or
vertical use. Frico offers units that blow from above,
below or from the side.
R
Opening without air curtain
The pictures show the effect of a Thermozone placed
between a cold and a warm zone in a laboratory
(blue=2 ºC, red=20 ºC). The laminar airflow is created
by a well adjusted combination of airflow volume and
air speed.
The testing was carried out by Malmö University,
Sweden.
Read more about the test in the Technical handbook.
10
Opening protected by Thermozone
How to choose the right air curtain
Using Thermozone technology we design units that
are optimized in airflow geometry, performance and
sound. This gives you the best possible prerequisites,
but that is not enough. To maximise the energy
efficiency of the air curtain, careful planning is
needed in the design and installation stages. Below
is detailed information that you may want to return
to later. On the following pages you will find a quick
guide to help you choose the right air curtain for
your opening.
Important notes:
• The whole width (height) of the opening should be
covered
• The airflow must be sufficient for the height of the
opening. The load in the door in terms of wind and
pressure difference also needs to be considered (read
more in the Technical handbook), as well as the
frequency of the traffic through the door.
• Balanced ventilation is essential, read more in the
Technical handbook
• Air curtains cannot prevent excessive draughts or
wind speeds
Building structure
Before installation, it is important to study the structure
and ventilation of the building, taking into consideration
draughts, likely wind loads and artificial pressure.
Balanced ventilation is essential.
If you have a draught problem, the general rule is to
choose an air curtain with heat. Ambient air curtains
without heat are recommended for use in cold storage
openings and air conditioned premises in warm
climates.
For cold climates, the air curtain with heat may be
used with only the fan function during the summer to
keep the air conditioned air inside.
Installation
The air curtain should be directed so that a small part of
the air stream goes out while the main part comes back
into the room. Then the cold outdoor air follows the air
curtain out again and the warm indoor air is retained in
the building.
When installing recessed units it is important to allow
sufficient supply airflow and an unobstructed outlet.
Maintenance access should also be carefully considered.
Control the air curtain
Once the correct air curtain has been selected and
installed, the final factor to consider is the simplicity
and ease of controlling the desired temperatures, speeds
and airflow direction. Air curtains are controlled in
various ways depending on environmental and financial
factors. We recommend regulation options on different
levels for each product, from manual regulation with
control box and thermostat to automatic regulation
based on indoor and outdoor temperature and whether
the door is open or closed. The simple solution may
be chosen for financial reasons and for small openings
that are frequently opened. The advanced solution is
intended for premises where the demands are higher
such as large entrances, shopping malls, frequently
opened industrial doors etc.
Door heaters and air curtains
There are important differences between door heaters,
suitable for small doorways, serving hatches, kiosks, etc.
and full performance air curtains, primarily designed to
provide an air barrier from the top to the bottom of the
door.
Door heaters heat incoming air and produce a low air
flow with high output. The heater may be less expensive
than an air curtain and provide a similar heat output
figure, but will only cover part of the opening, allowing
cool air to enter and warm air to escape. In contrast,
air curtains minimise leakage of heated or conditioned
internal air by means of high airflow at high speeds,
creating an “invisible door”. With high output and
complete cover of the opening, the true air curtain is
more effective, therefore more energy efficient.
Depending on the application, door heaters may be a
sufficient source of heat and comfort, but air curtains
are a preferred option for energy efficiency and full
height doors.
Support
You are very welcome to contact us or our distributors
for advice in choosing the right air curtain for your
premises. Below is a check list. The more information
you can provide us with, the more accurately we can
advice you.
• Type and size of premises
• The width and height of the opening
• Frequency of traffic through the opening
• With electrical heat, water heat (which water
temperature) or without heat
• Indoor and outdoor temperature
• Exposure to wind
Correct air curtain
Weak air curtain which cannot cover the door height
Excessively strong air
curtain gives energy loss
11
Quick guide to choosing the right air curtain
Thermozone air curtains are available for openings of
different sizes and for different application areas. On
the following pages are some typical cases which are
intended to facilitate your choice. See previous page
for more detailed information on important factors to
consider when choosing an air curtain.
Please note that it is the installation height that is
decisive and not the height of the opening.
Basic criterias:
1.Type of premises – store, warehouse etc.
2.Height, installation height
3.Width, installation width
4.Mounting: horizontral or vertical
5.Connection: without heat (A), with electrical heat (E),
with water heat (W)
Small openings
Kiosk or service hatch
1.Type of premises: Kiosk
2.Installation height: 1 m
3.Installation width: 0,8 m
4.Mounting: Horizontal
1m
1m
5.Connection: Electrical heat
0,8 m
1,5 m
Recommendation: An AD102/103 is recommended for
these conditions. For the 1,5 metre opening, two units
are mounted side by side to cover the whole width.
Entrance
Shop
1.Type of premises: Shop
2.Installation height: 2,1 m
3.Installation width: 1 m
4.Mounting: Horizontal
5.Connection: Electrical heat
Recommendation: An AD210E06 or AD210E09 is
recommended for these conditions.
2,1 m
2,2 m
1.Type of premises: Shop
2.Installation height: 2,2 m
3.Installation width: 2 m
4.Mounting: Horizontal
5.Connection: Electrical heat
Recommendation: A shop with a large entrance and a
lot of traffic through the opening requires a larger unit
to obtain a comfortable climate. For these conditions
we recommend AD320E18.
12
1m
2m
Bank
1.Type of premises: Bank
2.Installation height: 2,2 m
3.Installation width: 2 m
4.Mounting: Horizontal
2,2 m
5.Connection: Water heat
Recommendation: For an opening with high demands
on design and performance we recommend a horizontal
AD Corinte.
AD Corinte is also available for vertical mounting
beside the opening. For an opening with these
conditions, we recommend two AD Corinte mounted
vertically on each side of the opening.
2m
2,2 m
2m
Industry
Goods reception, grocery store
1.Type of premises: Goods reception, grocery store
2.Installation height: 3 m
3.Installation width: 3 m
4.Mounting: Horizontal
5.Connection: Water heat
Recommendation: Two AD315W are recommended for
these conditions.
3m
3m
Warehouse
1.Type of premises: Warehouse
2.Installation height: 3 m
3.Installation width: 3 m
4.Mounting: Vertical
3m
5.Connection: Water heat
Recommendation: One vertically mounted AGV4000W
beside the opening is recommended for these
conditions.
3m
13
Industry
Factory
1.Type of premises: Factory
2.Installation height: 5 m
3.Installation width: 5 m
4.Mounting: Horizontal
5.Connection: Water heat
5m
Recommendation: For horizontal mounting we
recommend our most powerful air curtains; AG5000W
or AGI W.
5m
Car production
1.Type of premises: Car production
2.Installation height: 5 m
3.Installation width: 5 m
4.Mounting: Vertical
5.Connection: Water heat
5m
Recommendation: For vertical mounting we
recommend 4 pieces of AGV4000W, mounted 2 on
top of each other at both sides of the opening. It is
also possible to mount 2 pieces of AGI W on top of
each other at one side of the opening.
5m
Factory, heavy industry
1.Type of premises: Factory, heavy industry
2.Installation height: 6 m
3.Installation width: 4 m
4.Mounting: Vertical
6m
5.Connection: Without heat
Recommendation: For these conditions we recommend AC600. Air is pressed out at high speed
through a narrow slot in the floor inside the opening.
AC600 provides nearly 100 % protection against cold
draughts along the floor.
14
4m
4m
Cold storage
Cold room
1.Type of premises: Cold room
2.Installation height: 2,5 m
3.Installation width: 2,5 m
4.Mounting: Horizontal
2,5 m
5.Connection: Without heat
Recommendation: Two ADA Cool are recommended
for these conditions, mounted side by side above the
opening.
2,5 m
Freezer room
1.Type of premises: Freezer room
2.Installation height: 2,5 m
3.Installation width: 2 m
2,5 m
4.Mounting: Horizontal
5.Connection: Without heat
Recommendation: To separate a freezer room from
other areas is a demanding application. For the
conditions specified above we recommend AD320A, a
powerful air curtain that is sufficient both for the height
and for the temperature difference.
2m
15
Small openings
Night hatch, petrol station, Göteborg, Sweden
AD100
16
To provide good service a comfortable working
environment is necessary. Working behind a service
hatch is often associated with cold draughts and
poor air quality due to exhaust fumes. Thermozone
AD100 provides an excellent remedy for these
problems.
Kiosk and service hatches
Fitting an AD100 in the opening facilitates the combination of a high standard of service and accessibility with
a good working environment. Service hatches at petrol
stations also increase security at night and are an alternative to double manning.
Service cabinets
AD100 in the service cabinet will prevent the water
in the screen wash bucket from freezing and will keep
the air chamber warm and functioning. Heated service
cabinets are a matter of course today in colder climates.
They also add customer value.
Supplementary heating
AD100 does not simply prevent cold air and pollution
from entering, but can also help to keep the area that it
is protecting warm.
Service cabinet, petrol station, Göteborg, Sweden
AD100
17
Small openings
– comfort and service
Length: 0,8 metre
Electrical heat 2–4,5 kW
Thermozone® AD 100
Air curtains for small openings
AD100 is the smallest air curtain in the Frico AD
range, designed primarily for small openings such as
kiosk and service windows where a narrow warm air
stream is required. The stream of air separates different
temperature zones preventing cold air intrusion and
loss of conditioned air.
Thermozone AD100 provides additional heat, thereby
improving the working environment. They can also
be used as ”door heaters” to increase indoor comfort.
For entry doors, we recommend any of the larger air
curtains in the Thermozone series.
With AD100 a hygienic environment can be
maintained by keeping out fumes, dust and small
insects.
AD100 units can be mounted on the wall above a door
or a window, they can also be mounted in false ceilings.
The AD100 can be powered from a standard electrical
socket, with the cable and plug that are prefitted, and
the airflow can be regulated in two stages. The motor
has high quality ball bearings for a long life.
• Low sound level.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plate
and powder enamelled steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Compact design requires minimum headroom.
• Integral switching for heat and air flow
(AD102/103). AD105 heat only.
• Easy connection with cable and plug (AD102/103).
AD105 supplied without cable and plug.
• Resetable overheat protection and built-in thermostat 5–35 °C.
Air velocity profile
AD
AD
102/103
100
AD 105
0,0 m
3,8 m/s
5,4 m/s
0,5 m
2,9 m/s
3,0 m/s
1,0 m
1,9 m/s
2,4 m/s
1,5 m
1,6 m/s
1,8 m/s
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
R
Technical specifications Type
| Thermozone AD 100 with electrical heat 3
Sound level*1 ∆t*2
Output
steps
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
[dB(A)]
[°C]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
AD102
0/1/2
200/400
36/48
30/15
230V~
8,7
806
9
AD103
0/2/3
200/400
36/48
45/23
230V~
13,0
806
9
AD105
0/3/4,5
500
50
27
230V~
19,6
806
10
Voltage
Amperage
Length
Weight
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
Protection class AD100 with electrical heat: (IP20), normal design.
Approved by SEMKO and CE compliant.
Dimensions
c/c 600
131
217
90
806
Service hatch, McDonald’s, Stockholm,
AD100
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
The Thermozone AD100 has been designed for
permanent installation above an opening. A universal
mounting bracket is supplied for installation directly to
a wall or to a beam. The units may also be suspended
from the ceiling by rod, chain, wire or other suitable
device. They can also be mounted in false ceilings. The
units must always be mounted in horizontal postion,
with the discharge grille facing down.
For minimum mounting distance above opening
and inflammable material, see Fig. 1. When the unit
is mounted in a false ceiling, ensure that there is no
restriction of the air supply to the unit.
For maximum performance, the units should cover
the whole width of the opening and be fitted as close
to the opening as possible. For wider openings, several
units can be mounted next to each other to form a
continuous air curtain.
Connection AD 100
AD102/103 is fitted with cord and plug on delivery
for connection to earthed wall socket. The AD103
requires a socket fused for 16 A. The AD105 needs to
be permanently connected to a 20 A fused mains supply
using a cable of a minimum 4 mm2 section. The AD105
is controlled by a thermostat: In position 1 switching
between 0 and 3 kW; and in position 2 between 1,5
and 4,5 kW. Cord connected on upper right side
(AD102/103).
Fig. 1: AD100, minimum distance above opening.
Wiring diagrams AD 100
Internal wiring diagrams
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Entrance
AD 200
AD Corinte
22
AD 200
AR 300
– comfort and design
Frico air curtains create a comfortable indoor climate
in various entrances in an attractive way. They add
value to the interior when mounted visibly, although
concealed mounting is also possible. Together they
offer width and flexibility for entrance doors in various environments and of various sizes. Our most
attractive air curtain is the Thermozone AD Corinte.
Entrance
Attractive
The AD Corinte and AC Corinte air curtains not only
contribute to a comfortable indoor climate, but are also
an attractive solution that can be exhibited with pride.
Available in brushed or mirror-finish stainless steel for
exclusive shop entrances and other environments with
high demands in respect of design. Without heat, with
electrical heat or water heat.
Discreet
AD200 and AD300 draw little attention to themselves,
in spite of their high performance and their appealing
design blends in well in all environments.
Without heat, with electrical or water heat.
Chilly
ADA reduces energy losses in air-conditioned rooms.
Available for openings up to approx. 2,5 metres.
Without heat.
Invisible
AR200, AR300 and ADR is available for recessed mounting. The units are installed with only the intake and
exhaust grilles visible, which provides a very discreet
solution. With electric or water heat.
Spinning
The RD and SF air curtains are specially adapted for
installation in openings with a revolving door.
With electric or water heat.
23
Thermozone ADA
Lengths: 0,9 and 1,2 metres
Ambient, no heat
R
Thermozone® ADA
Air curtains for entry doors with height of up to 2,5 metres
Thermozone ADA is a range of air curtains intended for
use above entry doors and other small openings with
heights of up to 2,5 metres.
Thermozone ADA without heat is suitable to use, for
example, to keep the cold air inside air conditioned
premises. This gives large energy savings, especially
when the temperature difference between the inside
and outside air is substantial.
The air curtain creates an air barrier that also reduces
the intrusion of exhaust fumes, smoke, dust, smells, etc.
The cost of air conditioning will be substantially lower
when the loss of conditioned air is reduced.
Thanks to compact design and air intake at the front,
ADA can be mounted where space is limited between
the ceiling and the upper edge of the doorway. It can
also be mounted in false ceilings.
In wide openings, several units can be mounted side
by side to form one continuous air curtain. The two
different product lengths make if possible to cover
openings of different widths.
• Built‑in switch; high/low speed.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plate and
powder enamelled steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Compact and easily positioned.
• Easy installation with cable and plug.
Cable length: 1,8 m
Air velocity profile
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone ADA
Technical specifications | Thermozone ADA without heat 1
Type
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
ADA090H
800/1150
43/54
230V~
0,50
900
9,5
ADA120H
1100/1400
44/51
230V~
0,55
1200
11,7
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Protection class Thermozone ADA: (IP21), drip-proof design
CE compliant.
Dimensions
D
H
E
G
L
A
B
L
H
D
A
B
E
G
ADA090H
900
235
215
95
747
216
110
ADA120H
1200
235
215
95
1047
216
110
Positioning, mounting and installation
Wiring diagram ADA
Mounting
Thermozone ADA is mounted above the inside of the
opening as close to the edge of the opening as possible.
It is possible to angle ADA for optimal efficiency. It
can also be recessed into false ceilings.
Sufficient air supply must be provided when mounting
into false ceilings. The air curtain should cover the
entire width of the door. For wide openings, several
units can be positioned next to each other to form
an unbroken curtain. Available lengths of 0,9 and 1,2
metres, make it possible to cover openings of different
widths.
Internal wiring diagram
Connection
Thermozone ADA is delivered with a flexible cable and
an earthed plug.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Lengths: 1, 1,5 and 2 metres
Ambient, unheated
R
Electrically heated 3-18 kW
Water heated
Thermozone® AD 200 A/E/W
Air curtains for installation heights up to 2,5 metres
AD200 is an air curtain with a modern design for
mounting over entry doors and other small doors with a
height of up to 2,5 metres.
AD200 creates an air barrier, which effectively
prevents cold draughts and ensures comfortable
heating inside the door. Energy losses through openings
are reduced, which means considerable savings. An
adjustable air blower grille makes it possible to direct
the air for an optimal air curtain effect.
An AD200 with heater also contributes to the heating
of a room. With AD200A without heat it is possible to
significantly reduce energy losses through openings
to refrigerated rooms or openings to air conditioned
rooms.
AD200 can be built into false ceilings. For wide
openings it is possible to mount several units beside
each other and control them with a single thermostat
and control panel. The three different product lengths
make it possible to cover openings of different widths.
AD210C is a compact model with built-in thermostat
and control panel and equipped with cable and plug
(AD210C05 cable only).
• Low sound level.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plated and
powder coated steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Adjustable distance between mounting brackets.
• Easy to mount.
• Compact and easily positioned.
• Easy maintenance.
• Optimized airflow with Thermozone technology.
Air velocity profile
2008-05-06
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Technical specifications | Type
Output
[kW]
Thermozone AD 200 A, ambient unheated 1
Sound level*1
[dB(A)]
Airflow
[m3/h]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
12
AD210A
0
900/1400
41/51
230V~
0,5
1020
AD215A
0
1300/2100
43/53
230V~
0,6
1530
16
AD220A
0
1800/2800
44/54
230V~
1,0
1960
28
Technical specifications | Thermozone AD 200 E/C, electricallly heated 3
Type
Output steps
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level*1
[dB(A)]
∆t*2
[°C]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
AD210C03
0/2/3
900/1400
41/47
10/6
230V~
13,5
1020
13
AD210C05
0/2,3/4,5
900/1400
41/47
15/10
230V~
20,1
1020
13
AD210E03
0/1,5/3
900/1400
41/51
10/6
230V~/400V3N~*3
13,5/4,8
1020
13
AD210E06
0/3/6
900/1400
41/51
20/13
400V3N~*3
9,2
1020
14
AD210E09
0/4,5/9
900/1400
41/51
30/19
400V3N~*3
13,5
1020
16
AD215E05
0/2,3/4,5
1300/2100
43/53
10/6
400V3N~*3
7,1
1530
19
AD215E09
0/4,5/9
1300/2100
43/53
20/13
400V3N~*3
13,6
1530
23
AD215E14
0/6,7/13,5
1300/2100
43/53
34/21
400V3~ +230V~
20,0
1530
23
AD220E12
0/6/12
1800/2800
44/54
20/13
400V3~ +230V~.*4
18,2
1960
32
AD220E18
0/9/18
1800/2800
44/54
30/19
400V3~ +230V~,*4
26,9
1960
32
Technical specifications | Thermozone AD 200 W, water heated 2
Sound level*1 ∆t*2,5
Type
Output*
[kW]
[m3/h]
[dB(A)]
AD210W
7
750/1200
38/49
5
Airflow
Voltage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
23/19
0,5
230V~
0,5
1020
15
Amperage
Length
Weight
AD215W
12
1100/1800
40/51
24/19
0,9
230V~
0,6
1530
21
AD220W
15
1500/2400
41/52
23/19
1,1
230V~
1,0
1960
31
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*3) Or 400V3~ + 230V~ if the current is greater than 16 A.
*4) Heating elements are divided and powered by two separate supplies.
*5) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature in +15 °C.
Protection class AD200A/W: (IP21)
Protection class AD200E: (IP21)
Approved by SEMKO and CE compliant.
Dimensions
30
225
185
Ambient / Electric
70
40
122
350
Water
30
225
185
10
Connection DN15 (1/2”)
Inside thread
70
122
350
40
Mounting and installation
Mounting
Thermozone AD200 can be permanently mounted on
the wall or on the ceiling using threaded drop rods
together with suspension kit, see next page. The air
curtain can also be built into false ceilings, see Fig. 2.
The unit can only be mounted horizontally, with the
air outlet directed downwards. Minimum distance from
outlet to flammable material is 50 mm.
The distance between the mounting brackets is
adjustable, which simplifies mounting. Brackets suitable
for each unit are included on delivery. The 2 metre
units should be fitted using three fixing points.
For best effect the air curtain should cover the full
width of the door and be placed as close to the­opening
as possible. For wider openings it is possible to place
several units beside each other to create a continuous
air curtain. The units should then be positioned as close
together as possible.
Connection AD 200E 3
The appliance should be isolated by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. Connection is
made through knock outs on the top side of the unit.
For connection to the supply terminal block, a cable
of maximum 16 mm2 is used. For connection to the
control terminal block, a cable of maximum 4 mm2
is used. For units with electrical heating, power and
control should normally be supplied separately. For
smaller units (current below 16 A), the supply could
be common for both power and control, see technical
specifications. For AD220E heating elements are divided
and powered by two separate supplies. See wiring
diagrams and dimension drawings.
Connection AD 200W 2
The control cable is connected via a knock out on the
top side to the right (seen from inside the building).
Connections (DN15 (1/2”), inside thread) to the water
heating coil are located on the top of the unit to the left
(seen from inside the building). See wiring diagrams and
dimension drawings.
Min 60 mm
370
Type
AD210C03
AD210C05
AD210E03
AD210E06
AD210E09
AD215E05
AD215E09
AD215E14
AD220E12
AD220E18
A (mm)
min 50
min 50
min 50
min 50
min 100
min 50
min 50
min 100
min 50
min 100
A
Fig. 1: Minimum mounting distance
See over page for control kits and the chapter on
Controls and accessories for further information.
False ceiling grille 22003/22004
Min 600 mm
Space for service/inspection hatch
Fig. 2: Mounting in a false ceilng
Mounting with suspension kit (extra)
ADPK1
2x
1m
ADPF1
Threaded bars and M8 nuts are not
included on delivery
4x
161
113
Ø9
36
40
40
9
7
20
30
175
Complete control kits
Ambient 1
Water 2
Airflow is controlled manually.
Complete control kit:
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output via actuator/valve.
- CB30N, control box, controls the air flow in 3 steps
Control kit CK01W:
- CB30N, control box , controls the airflow in 3 steps
Electric 3
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output in 2 steps.
Control kit CK01E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runs on low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03:
- T10, room thermostat IP30
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runs on low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02W:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting-
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a
complete control kit.
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
See chapter on Controls and accessories or contact Frico for more options.
Output charts water
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Airflow
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
AD210W
max
min
750
7,1
43
0,08
6,5
45
0,07
AD215W
max
1800
14,3
38
0,17
13,1
41
0,15
min
1100
10,8
44
0,12
10,0
46
0,11
AD220W
max
2400
18,6
37
0,22
17,1
41
0,20
min
1500
14,3
43
0,17
13,1
45
0,15
Output
[m3/h]
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
1200
9,3
37
Water flow
[l/s]
0,11
Output
Water flow
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
8,5
41
0,10
[l/s]
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Airflow
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
AD210W
max
min
750
6,0
38
0,07
5,4
41
0,06
AD215W
max
1800
11,9
34
0,14
10,7
37
0,12
min
1100
9,0
39
0,10
8,2
42
0,09
AD220W
max
2400
15,5
34
0,18
14,0
37
0,16
min
1500
11,9
38
0,14
10,8
41
0,12
Output
[m3/h]
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
1200
7,7
34
Water flow
[l/s]
0,09
Output
Water flow
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
7,0
37
0,08
[l/s]
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
Output
[m3/h]
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
1200
5,7
29
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
0,13
Output
Water flow
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
5,0
32
0,11
[l/s]
AD210W
max
min
750
4,4
32
0,10
3,8
35
0,09
AD215W
max
1800
8,8
29
0,21
7,6
32
0,18
min
1100
6,6
32
0,15
5,8
35
0,13
AD220W
max
2400
11,4
29
0,27
9,9
32
0,23
min
1500
8,8
32
0,20
7,6
35
0,18
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Airflow
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
AD210W
max
min
750
3,6
29
0,04
3,0
32
0,03
AD215W
max
1800
7,1
26
0,08
5,9
29
0,07
min
1100
5,4
29
0,06
4,5
32
0,05
AD220W
max
2400
9,3
26
0,11
7,7
29
0,09
min
1500
7,2
29
0,08
6,0
32
0,07
Output
[m3/h]
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
1200
4,6
26
Water flow
[l/s]
0,05
Output
Water flow
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
3,8
29
0,04
[l/s]
Water pressure drop charts
Water pressure drop over watercoil AD 200W
Water flow [m3/h]
10
0,7
0,1
AD
22
0W
AD
21
5W
10
Pressure drop [bar]
1,0
AD
21
0W
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,1
70
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
Water pressure drop over controls and valves
1,0
10
0,7
10
0,1
TV
V2
VR 0
25
TV
V2
5
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
The pressure drop is calculated for an average temperature of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water temperatures, the pressure drop is multiplied by the factor K.
Average temp. water °C
40
50
60
70
80
90
K
1.10
1.06
1.03
1.00
0.97
0.93
Pressure drop [bar]
0,1
70
VR
20
Pressure drop [kPa]
Water flow [m3/h]
Wiring diagrams AD 200 A
Ambient control options
CB30N,
control box
Wiring diagrams AD 210 C
Compact model
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Wiring diagrams AD 200 E
Electric control options
Electric - Level 1
CK01E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
Electric - Level 2
CK02E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Electric - Level 3
CK03
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
Wiring diagrams AD 200 W
Water control options
Water - Level 1
CK01W
CB30N,
control box
T10,
room thermostat
TVV20/25 two
way valve
SD20,
actuator
Water - Level 2
CK02W
CB30N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time delay
Water - Level 3
CK03
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
SD20,
actuator
TVV20/25
2-way regulation valve
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Lengths: 1, 1,5 and 2 metres
Ambient, no heat
R
Electrical heat 9-18 kW
Water heat
Thermozone® AD 300 A/E/W
Air curtains for entry doors with heights of up to 3,5 metres
AD300 is an air curtain with a modern design intented
for permanent installation above doorways with heights
of up to 3,5 meters. By separating zones of different
temperature with a jet of air, AD300 effectively prevents
cold draughts through open doorways and provides good
heating comfort and the opportunity to make use of the
floor space close to the opening. AD300 can also be used
for heating and drying at the opening.
A significantly reduced energy loss gives large savings.
An adjustable air blower grille makes it possible to
direct the air for an optimal air curtain effect.
With AD300A without heat it is possible to
significantly reduce energy losses through openings
to refrigerated rooms, or openings to air conditioned
rooms.
AD300 can be built into false ceilings. For wide
doorways it is possible to mount several units beside
each other and control them with a single thermostat
and control panel. The three different product lengths
make it possible to cover openings of different widths.
• Low sound level.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plated and
powder enamelled steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Adjustable c/c distance between mounting brackets.
• Easy to mount.
• Compact and easily positioned.
• The front panel is easy to remove, which facilitates
installation and maintenance.
• Optimized airflow with Thermozone technology.
Air velocity profile
2008-02-23
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Technical specifications | Thermozone AD 300 A without heat 1
Type
Output
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
AD310A
0
1200/1900
46/57
230V~
1,4
1025
22
AD315A
0
1800/3200
47/60
230V~
1,8
1565
32
AD320A
0
2400/3800
50/61
230V~
2,4
2028
42
Technical specifications | Thermozone AD 300 E with electrical heat 3
Output
steps
[kW]
Airflow
∆t*2
Sound level*1
[m3/h]
[°C]
AD310E09
0/4,5/9
1200/1900
22/14
AD315E14
0/7/13,5
1800/3200
AD320E18
0/9/18
2400/3800
Type
Technical specifications | Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(heat)
Length
Weight
[dB(A)]
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(control)
[mm]
[kg]
46/57
230V~/1,4A
400V3~/13A
1025
25
22/13
47/60
230V~/1,8A
400V3~/19,5A
1565
37
22/14
50/61
230V~/2,4A
400V3~/26A*3
2028
49
Thermozone AD 300 W with water heat 2
Type
Output*4
[kW]
[m3/h]
AD310W
22
1150/1800
Airflow
∆t*2,4
Sound
level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
41/35
2,1
44/57
230V~
1,2
1025
28
Amperage
Length
Weight
AD315W
37
1700/3000
43/36
3,2
46/59
230V~
1,7
1565
40
AD320W
45
2300/3600
43/37
4,1
47/60
230V~
2,4
2028
54
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*3) Power supply 2x9 kW (2x13A), separate feedings.
*4) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature +15 °C.
Protection class AD300A/E/W (IP20)
Approved by SEMKO and CE compliant.
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Dimensions
Ambient/Electrical
40
1025 / 1565 / 2028
340
285
AD300A/E
490
AD310/315A/E
AD310 / 315
500-900 (AD310) 700-1400 (AD315)
Ø7
90
Ø14
Ø23 (x4)
90
Ø38 (x2)
To open
80
124
AD320A/E
AD320
1400-1900
Ø38 (x2)
Ø23 (x4)
Ø38 (x2)
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Dimensions
Water
Connection DN20 (3/4”)
Inside thread
To open
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
Thermozone AD300 can be permanently mounted on
the wall or on the ceiling using threaded drop rods and
a suspension kit, see next page. The air curtain unit
can also be built into false ceilings, see Fig. 2. The unit
can only be mounted horizontally, with the air outlet
pointing downwards. Minimum distance from outlet to
flammable material is 50 mm.
The distance between the mounting brackets is
adjustable, which simplifies mounting. Brackets suitable
for each unit are included on delivery. The 2 metre
units should be fitted using three fixing points.
For maximum performance the units should cover
the whole width of the opening and be fitted as close to
the opening as possible. Several units can be mounted
next to each other to form a continuous air curtain.
The units should then be positioned as close together as
possible.
Min 120 mm
524
Connection AD 300E 3
The appliance should be preceded by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. The connection
should be made through knock outs on the top side
of the unit Ø29 mm. For connection to the supply
terminal block, a cable of maximum 16 mm2 is used.
For connection to the control terminal block, a cable
of maximum 4 mm² is used. For units with electrical
heating, power and control should normally be supplied
separately.
For AD320E heating elements are divided and
powered by two separate supplies. See wiring diagrams
and dimension drawings.
Connection AD 300W 2
The control cable is connected via a knock out on the
top side to the right (seen from inside the building).
Connections (DN20 (3/4”), inside thread) to the water
heating coil are located on the top of the unit to the left
(seen from inside the building). See wiring diagrams.
Min 50 mm
Fig. 1: Minimum distance
See over page for control kits and the chapter on
Controls and accessories for further information.
Inlet air grille 22003/22004
Min 600 mm
Space for service/inspection hatch
Fig. 2: False ceiling mounting
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Mounting with suspension kit (extra)
ADPK1
2x
1m
ADPF1
Threaded bars and M8 nuts are not
included on delivery
4x
161
113
Ø9
36
40
40
9
7
20
30
175
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Control kits
Ambient 1
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually.
Complete control kit:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
Level 2
Desired airflow is set manually and the unit starts
automatically, according to the setting, when the door
opens. When the door closes the fan will continue to
run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC.
Complete control kit:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 stages
- MDC, door contact with time relay
Electric 3
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output in 2 steps.
Control kit CK01E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runs on low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
Optional control kit level 3:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor, built
in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAIB, control board, for internal mounting
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Water 2
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output via actuator/valve.
Control kit CK01W:
- CB30N, control box , controls the airflow in 3 steps
- T10, room thermostat IP30
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runs on low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02W:
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Optional control kit level 3:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor, built
in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAIB, control board, for internal mounting
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
See also chapter on Controls and accessories or contact Frico for more options.
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Output charts water
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD310W
AD315W
AD320W
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
1800
26,1
57
0,31
24,1
59
0,28
min
1150
19,2
64
0,22
17,7
65
0,21
max
3000
44,4
58
0,52
40,9
60
0,48
min
1700
29,9
66
0,35
27,6
67
0,32
max
3600
55,6
60
0,66
51,3
62
0,61
min
2300
40,6
67
0,48
37,5
68
0,44
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD310W
AD315W
AD320W
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
1800
21,9
50
0,26
19,8
52
0,23
min
1150
16,1
56
0,19
14,6
57
0,17
max
3000
37,3
51
0,44
33,8
53
0,40
min
1700
25,2
58
0,30
22,9
59
0,27
max
3600
45,7
52
0,54
41,4
54
0,49
min
2300
32,6
58
0,38
29,5
59
0,35
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD310W
AD315W
AD320W
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
1800
16,0
41
0,38
13,9
42
0,33
min
1150
11,7
45
0,28
10,2
46
0,24
max
3000
27,1
41
0,64
23,7
43
0,56
min
1700
18,2
46
0,43
16,0
47
0,38
max
3600
34,0
42
0,81
29,7
44
0,71
min
2300
24,7
46
0,59
21,7
47
0,51
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD310W
AD315W
AD320W
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
1800
13,1
36
0,15
11,0
38
0,13
min
1150
9,8
40
0,11
8,3
41
0,09
max
3000
23,0
37
0,27
19,4
39
0,23
min
1700
15,8
42
0,18
13,4
43
0,15
max
3600
28,1
38
0,33
23,7
39
0,28
min
2300
20,9
41
0,24
17,7
42
0,21
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over AD 300 W water coil
Pressure drop [bar]
Pressure drop [kPa]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Water pressure drop over regulations and valves
Water flow [m3/h]
0,1
1,0
10
0,7
10
0,1
V
V
Pressure drop [bar]
Pressure drop [kPa]
70
1
0,01
0,1
1,0
The pressure drop is calculated for an average temperature of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water temperatures, the pressure drop is multiplied by the factor K.
Average temp. water °C
40
50
60
70
80
90
K
1,10
1,06
1,03
1,00
0,97
0,93
0,01
Water flow [l/s]
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AD 300 A
Ambient control options
Ambient - Level 1
AD300A
AD300A
AD300A
CB30N,
control box
Ambient - Level 2
CB30N,
control box
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time relay
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AD 300 E
Electrical control options
Electrical - Level 1
CK01E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2-step thermostat
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Electrical - Level 2
CK02E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Electrical - Level 3
CK03
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
ADEAIB, internal control
board for AD300/400
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AD 300 W
Water regulation options
Water - Level 1
CK01W
TVV20/25,
2-way valve
CB30N,
control box
T10,
room thermostat
SD20,
actuator
Water - Level 2
CK02W
CB30N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time delay
Thermozone AD 300 A/E/W
Water - Level 3
CK03
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
ADEAIB, internal control
board for AD300/400
SD20,
actuator
TVV20/25
2-way regulation valve
Thermozone AC 200
Ambient, no heat
Lengths: 1, 1,5 and 2 metres
Electrical heat 3–15 kW
R
Water heat
Thermozone® AC 200
Air curtains for entry doors up to 2,5 metres
AC200 is available with electrical heat or in the ambient
form without heat. For water heated versions, visit
www.frico.se.
AC200 air curtains are intented for permanent
installation above smaller doors up to 2,5 metres high.
Cold draught and energy losses through the opening
are efficiently prevented. A good inside heating comfort
is thereby obtained and the floor surface close to the
opening becomes fully usable.
AC200 with heat contribute to the warming up of the
rooms whereas models without heat are designed to
prevent energy losses from air conditioned or cold room
openings into heated spaces.
Thanks to a compact design and air intake through
the front, AC200 units are easily mounted and require
minimum headroom above the opening. They can also
be mounted in false ceilings. In wide doorways, several
units can be mounted next to each other and regulated
with a common thermostat and control panel. Three
different lengths make it possible to cover openings of
different widths.
• Low sound level.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plate and
powder enamelled steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Compact design requires minimum headroom
• Overheat protection resetable from outside
the unit (3).
• Control panel can be internally mounted and be
regulated externally.
• Easy connection of AC203C with cable and plug.
Air velocity profile
AC 200
0,0 m
7,5 m/s
0,5 m
6,6 m/s
1,0 m
5,1 m/s
1,5 m
3,9 m/s
2,0 m
3,5 m/s
2,5 m
3,1 m/s
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AC 200
Technical specifications | Type
Output steps
[kW]
Thermozone AC 200 without heat 1
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
13,4
AC201
0
900/1200
42/51
230V~
0,4
985
AC202
0
1400/1900
43/52
230V~
0,6
1500
18
AC202XL
0
1800/2400
45/54
230V~
0,8
1945
28
*) All ambient versions on demand
Protection class AC200 without heat: (IP44), splash-proof design.
Technical specifications | Thermozone AC 200 with electrical heat 3
Type
Output steps
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
∆t*1
[°C]
Sound level
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
AC203
0/1,5/3
900/1200
10/8
42/51
400V3N~*2
4,7
985
15,5
AC203C
0/2/3
900/1200
10/8
42/51
230V~
13,4
985
15,5
AC206
0/2,8/5,5
900/1200
19/14
42/51
400V3N~*2
8,3
985
15,5
AC209
0/4,5/9
900/1200
30/23
42/51
400V3N~*2
13,4
985
17,4
AC205
0/2,5/5
1400/1900
10/7
43/52
400V3N~*2
7,8
1500
21
AC210
0/5/10
1400/1900
21/15
43/52
400V3N~*2
15,1
1500
27
AC212
0/6/12
1400/1900
26/19
43/52
400V3~+230V~*2
17,9
1500
27
AC209XL
0/4,5/9
1800/2400
15/11
45/54
400V3N~*2.*3
13,8
1945
31
AC215XL
0/7,5/15
1800/2400
25/19
45/54
400V3~+230V~*2.*3
22,5
1945
35
*1) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*2) Respectively 400V3~ + 230V~ if the amperage is above 16 A
*3) A separate supply is needed for heating and fan circuits.
Protection class AC 200 with electrical heat: (IP21), drip-proof design.
Approved by SEMKO and CE compliant.
For water heated versions see www.frico.se
Suspension from the ceiling by drop-rod.
Thermozone AC 200
Dimensions
AC201, AC203, AC203C, AC206, AC209
(AC202, AC205, AC210, AC212)
From the top
Back view
AC202XL, AC209XL, AC215XL
From the top
Back view
Thermozone AC 200
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
Thermozone AC200 can be permanently mounted on
the wall. The units may also be suspended from the
ceiling by rod or other suitable device. They can also
be mounted in false ceilings. The units must always
be mounted in horizontal position, with the discharge
grille facing down.
For minimum mounting distance to doorway,
see Fig. 1 for the electrically heated models. When
mounting in false ceilings, see Fig. 2. The 1,5 and 2
meters units should be fitted using three fixing points.
For maximum performance the units should cover
the whole width of the opening and be fitted as close to
the opening as possible. Several units can be mounted
next to each other to form a continuous air curtain.
Connection AC 200 3
The appliance should be preceded by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. Connection
is made with a cable of type S05VV-U, A05VV-R or
similar, through knock outs on the top of the unit (6
x Ø29 mm). For connection to the supply terminal
block, a cable of maximum 16 mm2 is used. For
connection to the control terminal block, a cable of
maximum 6 mm2 is used. For units with electrical
heating, power and voltage should be supplied in
different connection areas. For smaller units common
electrical supply exists for both heating and fan
circuits.
A
A
[mm]
AC201
50
AC202
50
AC202XL
50
AC203
50
AC203C
50
AC206
50
AC209
100
AC205
50
AC210
50
AC212
100
AC209XL
50
AC215XL
100
Fig. 1: AC200 with electrical heat, minimum distance above
opening
Mounting in a false ceiling
Inlet air grille 22003/22004
Min 600 mm
Space for service/inspection hatch
Fig. 2: Mounting in false ceiling
Type
Thermozone AC 200
Control kits
Ambient 1
Airflow is regulated manually.
Complete control kit:
- CB20, control box, controls the airflow in 2 steps
(option ACR20, for internal mounting)
Electric 3
Airflow is regulated manually. Room thermostat controls
the heat output in 2 steps.
Complete control kit:
- CB22, control box, controls the airflow in 2 steps
and heat output in 2 steps (option ACR22, 22007,
for internal mounting)
- KRT2800, 2-step thermostat (option RTI2)
Accessories
Mounting next to each other to cover different
door widths.
CB20, control box
Controls the airflow in 2 steps. Delivered in
encapsulated box for wall mounting. CB20 is used for
AC200 without heat and WAC200 with water heat. Can
control several units. Max input 12 A. IP44.
CB22, control box
Controls the airflow and heat output in 2 steps.
Delivered in encapsulated box for wall mounting. CB22
is used for AC200 with electrical heat. Can control
several units. Max input 10 A. IP44.
CB20
CB22
ACR20, control box for internal mounting
Controls the airflow in 2 steps. ACR20 is used for
internal mounting in AC200 without heat. ACR20 is
delivered without casing. Max input 5 A. IP44.
ACR20
ACR22, control box for internal mounting
Controls the airflow and heat output in 2 steps. ACR20
is used for internal mounting in AC200 with electrical
heat. ACR22 is delivered without casing. Max input 5 A.
IP44
22007, recessed control box
Controls the heat output and the airflow in 2 steps.
22007 is fitted in a box on the wall (raised frame is
included). It Controls electrically heated units (AC203–
AC215XL). Can control up to 6 units. Max input 5 A.
IP20.
22005, brackets for pendulum mounting
When air curtain units are suspended from above,
brackets are fitted to the unit, onto which the
suspension device (rod, wire, etc.) is attached. We
recommend the use of two brackets for the shortest
air curtain and three brackets for the longer units. The
brackets are delvered individually and are not included.
ACR22
22007
22005
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AC 200
Wiring diagrams AC 200
Ambient regulation options, high/low fan speed with control box CB20
CB20, control box
Ambient regulation options, High/low fan speed with control box ACR20
ACR20, internal control
box
Wiring diagram AC 203C
AC203C
Electrical compact model
Internal wiring diagram
P N
L1 N (L2)
230 V~
Thermozone AC 200
Wiring diagrams AC 200
Electrical regulation options
High/low fan speed with control box CB22
KRT2800, 2-step
thermostat
CB22,
control box
Thermozone AC 200
High/low fan speed with control box ACR22
/ 22007
ACR22, internal control
panel
22007, recessed control
box
KRT2800, 2-step
thermostat
Thermozone AR 200 E
Electrically heated 3-18 kW
Lengths 1, 1.5 and 2 metres
R
Thermozone® AR 200 E
Recessed air curtains for installation heights up to 2,5 metres
Application
AR200 is especially suited for environments with high
demands in respect of design. It is recessed in ceilings
above entry doors and other small doors where the
height is no greater than 2,5 metres. A low height
makes it possible to install AR200 where ceiling space
is limited. The recessed installation and low sound level
makes AR200 very discreet.
Comfort
AR200 creates an air barrier, which prevents cold
draughts and ensures comfortable heating inside the
door. An adjustable air blower grille makes it possible
to direct the air for an optimal air curtain effect. AR200
can also contribute to the heating of the room when the
door is closed.
Operation and economy
Thanks to Thermozone Technology AR200 saves
energy. The air barrier reduces energy losses through
the door opening and the energy consumption of the air
curtain is also low. With an air curtain as a heat source
it produces heat in the area where it is most needed,
and as a result the rest of the premises can be covered
with less output. Easy installation and maintenance
minimizes the cost and the risk of errors.
Design
AR200 is designed for recessed installation and the
visible bottom plate may be painted to make it blend
even better with the premises.
Product specifications
• Just one model per length, but convertible between
several outputs and 230V~/400V3N~ making it simple
and flexible to adapt the output to current need.
• Optimized airflow with Thermozone Technology.
• Low unit height (200 mm).
• Bottom plate in white lacquered aluminium.
Colour: RAL 9016, NCS 0500. The bottom plate can
easily be removed and painted in an optional colour.
Non visible parts made of hot zinc plated steel panels.
Air velocity profile
0,1 m
8,2 m/s
6,0 m/s
0,5 m
6,2 m/s
´4,8 m/s
1,0 m
4,2 m/s
3,6 m/s
1,5 m
3,3 m/s
3,0 m/s
2,0 m
2,8 m/s
2,6 m/s
2,5 m
2,4 m/s
2,3 m/s
2008-03-17
*¹) Peak values.
*²) Mean values. Measurements made according to AMCA 220
"Test methods for Air Curtain Units
Thermozone AR 200 E
Technical specifications | Thermozone AR 200 E electrically heated  3
∆t*2
Type
Output
steps
400V3N~
[kW]
Output
steps
230V~
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
[dB(A)]
[°C]
[V]
[A]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
AR210E09
0/3
-
650/1200
34/50
13/7
400V3N~
4,3
-
1042
22,5
AR215E11
AR220E18
Sound
level*¹
Voltage
Amperage Amperage Length
400V3N~ 230V~
Weight
0/3/6
-
650/1200
34/50
25/15
400V3N~
8,7
-
1042
22,5
0/6/9
-
650/1200
34/50
41/22
400V3N~
13
-
1042
22,5
-
0/3
650/1200
34/50
13/7
230V~
-
13
1042
22,5
-
3/5
650/1200
34/50
23/12
230V~
-
21,7
1042
22,5
0/4,5
-
950/1750
34/50
14/8
400V3N~
6,5
-
1552
32,3
0/3,4/6,8
-
950/1750
34/50
21/12
400V3N~
9,8
-
1552
32,3
0/6,8/11,3
-
950/1750
34/50
35/20
400V3N~
16,3
-
1552
32,3
-
0/4,5
950/1750
34/50
14/8
230V~
-
19,6
1552
32,3
34/50
-
0/4,5/6,8
950/1750
0/6
-
1300/2400 40/54
21/12
230V~
-
29,6
1552
32,3
13/7
400V3N~
8,7
-
2042
43,5
0/6/12
-
1300/2400 40/54
25/15
400V3N~
17,3
-
2042
43,5
0/12/18
-
1300/2400 40/54
41/22
400V3N~
26
-
2042
43,5
-
0/6
1300/2400 40/54
13/7
230V~
-
26,1
2042
43,5
-
0/6/10
1300/2400 40/54
23/12
230V~
-
43,5
2042
43,5
*¹) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*²) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m².
AR200 is delivered as 9 kW, 11 kW and 18 kW (400V3N~) models, but they are convertible to 230V~ and different
outputs as shown in above table.
Protection class AR200E: normal design (IP20).
CE compliant.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AR 200 E
Dimensions
Thermozone AR 200 E
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
AR200 unit is installed horizontally with the supply air
grille facing downwards as close to the door as possible,
concealed in the false ceiling. The only visible part of
the unit is the underside that is level with the ceiling.
For the protection of wider doorways, several units
can be mounted next to each other.
Ensure that the bottom plate is accessible and can be
fully opened.
Minimum distance from outlet to floor is 1800 mm,
see Fig. 1.
Connection AR 200 E  
3
Connection is made on the top or on the side of the unit
with a five-wired cable with earth. The supply terminal
block is intended for a cable of maximum 16 mm2. See
wiring diagrams. The units are convertible between
different output and 230V~/400V3N~.
Min 1,8 m
Fig. 1: Minimum distance to floor.
Control kits
Electrical  3
Level 1
Airflow is regulated manually. Room thermostat controls
the heat output in 2 steps.
Complete regulation kit:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat (option KRT2800)
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature. When the door is open the fan runs on
high speed, when the door closes the fan will continue
to run on high speed for the desired time (2s–10 min.)
set on MDC. When the door is closed the fan runs on
low speed if there is a need for heating, if not the fan is
switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the stages 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Complete regulation kit:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- MDC, door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat (option KRT2800)
Thermozone AR 200 E
Wiring diagrams AR 200 E
Internal wiring diagram
CB32N,
control box
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AR 200 E
Wiring diagrams AR 200 E
Level 1
CK01E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2,
2-step thermostat
Level 2
CK02E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2,
2-step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AR 300 E/W
Lengths 1, 1.5 and 2 metres
Electrically heated
R
Water heated
Thermozone® AR 300 E/W
Recessed air curtains for installation heights up to 3.5 metres
Application
AR300 is especially suited for environments with high
demands in respect of design. The recessed installation
is very discreet and the built-in control contributes
further to the concealed appearance.
Product specifications
Comfort
Several factors need to cooperate to create a comfortable indoor climate. With Thermozone Technology
an efficient air separation is created in combination
with a low sound level. The dual functionality as air
curtain when the door is open and part of the heating
system when the door is closed also contributes to good
comfort.
• Possibility to integrate the air curtain with a BMS
system.
Operation and economy
The air curtain has a low energy consumption thanks to
Thermozone Technology and the extra function as heat
source means further savings. Built-in controls, easy
installation and maintenance minimizes the cost and
the risk for errors.
Design
AR300 is designed for recessed installation and
colouring is possible to make it blend even better with
the premises.
• Optimized airflow with Thermozone Technology.
• Intelligent, built-in control, operating both when
the door is open and when it is closed gives the air
curtain dual functionality.
• The frame and hatch can be painted in an optional
colour.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc plated and
powder enamelled steel panels. Colour (frame and
hatch): RAL 9016, NCS 0500.
Approved by SEMKO and CE compliant.
Air velocity profile
AR 300
Peak*1
AMCA*2
0,1 m
13,3 m/s
10 m/s
1,0 m
6,7 m/s
5,4 m/s
2,0 m
4,8 m/s
4,1 m/s
3,0 m
3,7 m/s
3,5 m/s
3,5 m
3,4 m/s
3,3 m/s
2008-03-17
*1) Peak values.
*2) Mean values. Measurements made according to AMCA 220 "Test methods for Air Curtain Units".
Thermozone AR 300 E/W
Technical specifications | Type
3
Thermozone AR 300 E electrically heated  
Airflow
Output steps
∆t*1
Sound level*2 Voltage
Voltage
Amperage
Amperage
LxHxW
Weight
[m3/h]
[°C]
[dB(A)]
(control)
(heat)
[mm]
[kg]
AR310E09
[ kW]
0/4,5/9
1000/2000
27/14
43/59
230V~ / 2,1A
400V3~ / 13A
1057x302x595
42
AR315E14
0/7/13,5
1400/2800
29/15
43/60
230V~ / 2,9A
400V3~ / 19,5A
1567x302x595
58
AR320E18
0/9/18
2000/4000
27/14
46/63
230V~ / 4,2A
400V3~ / 26A
2073x302x595
78
Weight
Technical specifications | 2
Thermozone AR 300W water heated  
Airflow
∆t*
Sound level*
Voltage
Amperage
LxHxW
[ kW]
[m3/h]
[°C]
[dB(A)]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
AR310W
16
1000/2000
30/23
43/58
230V~
2,1
1057x302x595
42
AR315W
23
33
1400/2800
31/24
43/59
230V~
2,9
1567x302x595
58
2000/4000
31/25
46/62
230V~
4,2
2073x302x595
78
Type
AR320W
Output steps*
3
1,3
2
*1) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*2) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
*3) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 oC, air temperature, in +15 oC.
Protection class AR300E/W recessed mounting: splash-proof design (IP44), below false ceiling: normal design (IP20).
When the door is open the air curtain separates outdoor
and indoor air and provides heat if it is needed.
When the door is closed the air curtain operates as
part of the heating system supplying additional heat if
indoor temperature falls below desired temperature.
There are also possibilities to connect the air curtain
to a BMS system for on/off control and alarm indication.
The thermostat setting
and open door fan speed
selection is hidden
under the cover.
The IR-eye detects when the door
is open and closed. The thermostat
is located by the air intake and heat
or ambient mode is set by a push
button. Alarm indication by LED.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Control
The built-in control of AR300 is designed to give
the highest level of functionality while minimizing
installation and daily operation. No additional wiring or
external controls are needed.
The air curtain operates at its maximum performance
in all situations and is not dependent on day-to-day
adjustments.
Thermozone AR 300 E/W
Dimensions
C
B
595
302
523
A
638
Type
A
B
C
AR310E/W
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
1057
1016
AR315E/W
1067
1567
1526
1577
AR320E/W
2073
2031
2083
Thermozone AR 300 E/W
From below
6
1
2
5
3
Positioning, mounting and installation
4
From side/below
0°
2
0°
Angle (diagram)
5
Mounting
AR300 unit is installed horizontally with the supply air
grille facing downwards as close to the door as possible,
concealed in the false ceiling. The only visible part of
the unit is the underside that is level with the ceiling.
For the protection of wider doorways, several units
can be mounted next to each other.
Ensure that the service hatch is accessible and can be
fully opened.
Minimum distance from outlet to floor is 1800 mm,
see Fig. 1.
Distance (diagram)
Adjusting
An IR-eye is mounted on AR300. A piece of reflector
tape is also supplied. The door sensor can be directed
up/down to ”see” the tape, see Fig. 1. The maximum
distance between the IR-eye and the reflecting tape is
1,8 m. If higher degrees are needed should the reflecting
tape be angled towards the IR-eye.
Connection AR 300 E  3
Connection is made on the top or on the side of the unit
with a five-wired cable with earth. The supply terminal
block is intended for a cable of maximum 16 mm2. See
wiring diagrams.
Reflecting tape
Min 1,8 m
Door
Fig. 1: Adjustment of the IR-eye downwards/upwards and minimum
distance to floor.
Connection AR 300 W  2
Connection is made with cable and plug.
Connection of water pipes to the water heating coil is
of type DN20 (3/4”), inside thread. Cable glands can be
made from the back, top or the sides of the unit. There
are premarked holes for drilling at these locations. See
Fig. 2 and wiring diagrams.
Fig. 2: Water connections
Thermozone AR 300 E/W
Control kits
Electrical  3
The IR-eye detects when the door is open and closed.
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based upon room temperature and whether the door
is open or closed. High speed can be set on 4 different
speeds.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run on
high speed for 60 seconds and then on low speed for 60
seconds. When the door is closed the fan runs on low
speed if there is a need for heating, if not the fan will be
switched off. If the temperature decreases further, the
fan will run on high speed.
The built-in room thermostat controls the heat
output. E.g. the thermostat is set on 20 °C and the
difference between the stages 2 °C. The thermostat will
activate below 20 °C when the door is closed. When the
door opens, the thermostat will activate below 22 °C
and normally the heat is switched on.
Possibility to choose between heat/ambient mode
(summer case).
Alarm, door status and heat/ambient mode is
indicated with diodes on the IR-unit.
Water  2
The IR-eye detects when the door is open and closed.
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based upon room temperature and whether the door
is open or closed. High speed can be set on 4 different
speeds.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run on
high speed for 60 seconds and then on low speed for 60
seconds. When the door is closed the fan runs on low
speed if there is a need for heating, if not the fan will be
switched off. If the temperature decreases further, the
fan will run on high speed.
The built-in room thermostat controls the heat
output. E.g. the thermostat is set on 20 °C and the
difference between the stages 2 °C. The thermostat will
activate below 20 °C when the door is closed. When the
door opens, the thermostat will activate below 22 °C
and normally the heat is switched on.
Possibility to choose between heat/ambient mode
(summer case).
Alarm, door status and heat/ambient mode is
indicated with diodes on the IR-unit.
Complete control kit:
- Built-in control, controls the airflow and heat output
in 2 steps.
Complete control kit:
- Built-in control, controls the airflow and heat output.
- VR20/25, valve set
Type
AR310W
AR315W
AR320W
VR20
60/40
X
80/60
60/40
VR25
X
X
80/60
60/40
X
80/60
X
X
Thermozone AR 300 E/W
Output charts water
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Air temp. in = +15 °C
Type
AR310W
AR315W
AR320W
Fan position Airflow
Output
Air temp. in = +20 °C
Air.temp.
Water
out.
flow
[l/s]
Air.temp.
Water
out
flow
[kW]
[oC]
[l/s]
Output
[m3/h]
[kW]
[°C]
high
2000
19
43
0,23
17
46
0,78
low
1000
12
51
0,15
11
53
0,14
high
2800
28
44
0,34
25
47
0,31
low
1400
18
52
0,22
16
54
0,20
high
4000
40
44
0,49
36
47
0,45
low
2000
25
52
0,31
23
54
0,28
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Air temp. in = +15 °C
Type
AR310W
AR315W
AR320W
Fan position Airflow
Output
Air temp. in = +20 °C
Air.temp.
Water
out.
flow
[l/s]
Output
Air.temp. out
[kW]
[oC]
Water
flow
[m3/h]
[kW]
[°C]
high
2000
16
38
0,19
14
42
0,64
low
1000
10
45
0,13
9
47
0,11
high
2800
23
39
0,29
21
42
0,26
low
1400
15
46
0,18
13
48
0,16
high
4000
33
40
0,41
30
42
0,37
low
2000
21
46
0,26
19
48
0,23
[l/s]
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Air temp. in = +15 °C
Type
Fan position Airflow
Output
Air temp. in = +20 °C
Air.temp. out. Water
Output
flow
[m3/h]
AR310W
AR315W
AR320W
[kW]
[°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
Air.temp.
Water
out
flow
[oC]
[l/s]
high
2000
9
29
0,12
8
32
0,36
low
1000
6
33
0,08
5
35
0,06
high
2800
14
30
0,17
11
32
0,14
low
1400
9
34
0,11
7
36
0,09
high
4000
20
30
0,25
17
33
0,21
low
2000
13
34
0,16
11
36
0,13
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Air temp. in = +15 °C
Type
Fan position Airflow
Output
Air temp. in = +20 °C
Air.temp. out. Water
Output
flow
[m3/h]
AR310W
AR315W
AR320W
[kW]
[°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
Air.temp.
Water
out
flow
[oC]
[l/s]
high
2000
7
25
0,06
6
29
0,17
low
1000
5
29
0,04
3
31
0,03
high
2800
10
26
0,08
8
28
0,06
low
1400
7
29
0,06
5
31
0,04
high
4000
15
26
0,13
12
29
0,09
low
2000
10
30
0,08
8
32
0,06
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 55/35 °C
Air temp. in = +15 °C
Type
Fan position Airflow
Output
Air temp. in = +20 °C
Air.temp. out. Water
Output
flow
[m3/h]
AR310W
AR315W
AR320W
[kW]
[°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
Air.temp.
Water
out
flow
[oC]
[l/s]
high
2000
8
27
0,10
7
30
0,29
low
1000
5
30
0,06
4
32
0,05
high
2800
11
27
0,14
9
30
0,11
low
1400
7
31
0,09
6
33
0,07
high
4000
17
28
0,21
13
30
0,16
low
2000
11
31
0,13
9
33
0,11
Thermozone AR 300 E/W
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over AR 300 water coil
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Water presssure drop over regulations and valves
Water flow [m3/h]
0,1
1,0
10
0,7
10
0,1
VR
TV
V2
VR 0
25
TV
V2
5
20
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
70
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
The pressure drop is calculated for an average temperature of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water temperatures, the pressure drop is multiplied by the factor K.
Average temp. water °C
40
50
60
70
80
90
K
1,10
1,06
1,03
1,00
0,97
0,93
Thermozone AR 300 E/W
Wiring diagrams AR 300 E
Internal wiring diagram
Wiring diagrams AR 300 W
Water control
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Lengths: 1, 1,5 and 2 metres
Electrical heat 9-18 kW
R
Water heat
Thermozone® ADR 200/300 E/W
Recessed air curtains for doors heights up to 3,5 metres
ADR is our air curtain for recessed mounting in false
ceilings over entry doors and other smaller doors with
heights of up to 3,5 metres. The only visible part of the
unit is the discretely placed air intake and air blower
grilles.
ADR creates an air barrier that effectively prevents
cold draughts and ensures a comfortably warm
environment. Major savings are made by the elimination
of energy losses through openings. An adjustable
air blower grille allows you to control the air flow to
achieve an optimal air curtain effect.
An ADR is fitted with a heater battery for either
electricity or water that compensates for any cold air
that may force its way in through the door despite
the air curtain. The air curtain can also contribute to
heating the building when the door is closed.
Water or snow inside the entrance is dried up
effectively by the heated air from the air curtain. An
ADR can also prevent odours, exhaust gases or insects
from passing through the opening.
Where the openings are wide, it is possible to mount
several units side by side and control them using a
single thermostat and control panel. The different
product lengths make it possible to cover openings of
different widths.
• Mounting in false ceilings means that only the intake
and air blower grilles are visible.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plated and
powder coated steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Simple suspension using fixed nuts on the top for
mounting with threaded rod.
• The design of the intake air grilles makes separate
dust filters superfluous.
• The air intake and air blower grilles in telescopic
design are easily adjusted to suit the false ceiling.
• An adjustable air blower grille allows you to direct the
airflow for an optimal air curtain effect.
Air velocity profile
For other recessed versions, please see www.frico.se
78
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Technical specifications | Thermozone ADR 200/300 E with electrical heat 3
Type
Output
steps
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
ADR210E
0/6/9
700/1400
∆t*1
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(control)
Voltage [V]
Amperage[A]
(heat)
Length
[°C]
Sound
level*2
[dB(A)]
[mm]
[kg]
38/19
40/57
230V~/1,6A
400V3~/13A
1000
39
Weight
ADR215E
0/8/12
1050/2100
33/17
43/60
230V~/2,3A
400V3~/17,5A
1500
56
ADR220E
0/12/18
1350/2700
39/19
44/60
230V~/3,1A
400V3~/26A
2000
77
ADR310E
0/6/9
950/1900
28/14
44/61
230V~/2,2A
400V3~/13A
1000
44
ADR315E
0/8/12
1250/2500
29/14
43/60
230V~/2,3A
400V3~/17,5A
1500
56
ADR320E
0/12/18
1750/3500
31/15
45/62
230V~/3,9A
400V3~/26A
2000
81
*1) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*2) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Technical specifications | Thermozone ADR 200/300 WL with water heat, heating coil for low temperature water < 80/60 °C 2
Type
Output*
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
∆t*1,2
[°C]
Water volume Sound level*3 Voltage
[l]
[dB(A)]
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
ADR210WL
14
680/1350
37/31
1,7
40/57
230V~
1,5
1000
41
ADR215WL
21
1000/2000
40/33
2,7
43/60
230V~
2,3
1500
58
ADR220WL
25
1300/2600
40/33
3,8
44/60
230V~
3,0
2000
79
ADR310WL
18
900/1800
36/30
2,1
44/61
230V~
2,2
1000
46
ADR315WL
26
1200/2400
40/33
3,2
43/60
230V~
2,3
1500
60
ADR320WL
39
1700/3400
42/34
4,4
45/62
230V~
3,8
2000
86
1
Technical specifications | Thermozone ADR 200/300 WH with water heat, heating coil for high temperature water ≥80/60 °C 2
Type
Output*
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
∆t*1,2
[°C]
Water volume Sound level*3 Voltage
[l]
[dB(A)]
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
ADR210WH
8
680/1350
26/19
0,8
40/57
230V~
1,5
1000
41
ADR215WH
12
1000/2000
24/18
1,3
43/60
230V~
2,3
1500
58
ADR220WH
15
1300/2600
24/18
1,5
44/60
230V~
3,0
2000
79
ADR310WH
13
900/1800
28/21
1,0
44/61
230V~
2,2
1000
46
ADR315WH
20
1200/2400
31/24
2,2
43/60
230V~
2,3
1500
60
ADR320WH
24
1700/3400
27/21
3,0
45/62
230V~
3,8
2000
86
1
*1) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature +15 °C.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*3) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Protection class ADR200/300 E/W: (IP23).
CE compliant.
79
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Dimensions
L
260
260
160-200
460
40
35
M8
Connection dimensions,
inside thread
720
330
40
260
70
L/2
Ø
3/4” 3/4”
DN15 DN20
ADR210WL
X
ADR215WL
X
35
ADR220WL
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
ADR is fitted with fixed nuts (M8) at 6 points (9 points
for the 2-metre model), on the top for suspension
using a threaded rod. When the space is limited, the
telescopic inlet/outlet extension may be removed. The
lower part of the air curtain is then mounted level with
the false ceiling.
80
ADR200WH
X
X
ADR300WL
X
ADR300WH
X
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Control kits
Electric 3
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output in 2 steps.
Control kit CK01E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runson low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the stages 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Shop entrance, Netherlands
ADR200/300
Control kit CK03GD:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
- ADEAGD1, additional electric board
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
See also chapter on Controls and accessories or contact Frico for more options.
81
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Water 2
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output via actuator/valve on/off.
Control kit CK01W:
- CB30N, control box , controls the airflow in 3 steps
- T10, room thermostat IP30
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.)
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature. When the door is open the fan runs on
high speed, when the door closes the fan will continue
to run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on the MDC.
When the door is closed the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output on/off.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03GD:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor, builtin room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
- ADEAGD1, additional electric board
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
Control kit CK02W:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
See also chapter on Controls and accessories or contact Frico for more options.
82
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Output charts water
ADR200/300WH
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 130/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
ADR210WH
max
1350
12,3
42
0,05
11,4
45
0,05
ADR215WH
max
2000
17,5
41
0,07
16,2
44
0,07
ADR220WH
max
2600
22,5
41
0,09
21,0
44
0,09
ADR310WH
max
1800
18,5
46
0,08
17,3
49
0,07
ADR315WH
max
2400
28,1
50
0,12
26,1
52
0,11
ADR320WH
max
3400
35,2
46
0,14
32,9
49
0,14
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 110/80 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
ADR210WH
max
1350
12,7
43
0,11
11,8
46
0,10
ADR215WH
max
2000
18,1
42
0,15
16,9
45
0,14
ADR220WH
max
2600
23,1
41
0,19
21,6
45
0,18
ADR310WH
max
1800
18,9
46
0,16
17,6
49
0,14
ADR315WH
max
2400
29,1
51
0,24
27,1
54
0,23
ADR320WH
max
3400
35,6
46
0,29
33,3
49
0,28
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
ADR210WH
max
1350
10,4
38
0,13
9,6
41
0,12
ADR215WH
max
2000
14,9
37
0,18
13,6
40
0,17
ADR220WH
max
2600
19,0
37
0,23
17,4
40
0,21
ADR310WH
max
1800
15,5
41
0,19
14,3
44
0,18
ADR315WH
max
2400
24,0
45
0,29
21,9
47
0,27
ADR320WH
max
3400
29,2
41
0,36
26,9
44
0,33
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
ADR210WH
max
1350
8,6
34
0,11
7,8
37
0,09
ADR215WH
max
2000
12,3
33
0,15
11,1
37
0,14
ADR220WH
max
2600
15,7
33
0,19
14,2
36
0,18
ADR310WH
max
1800
12,9
36
0,16
11,6
39
0,14
ADR315WH
max
2400
19,8
39
0,24
17,8
42
0,22
ADR320WH
max
3400
24,3
36
0,30
22,0
39
0,27
83
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Output charts water
ADR200/300WL
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
ADR210WL
max
1350
14,0
46
0,17
12,7
48
0,16
ADR215WL
max
2000
21,0
46
0,26
19,1
48
0,23
ADR220WL
max
2600
25,5
44
0,31
23,1
46
0,28
ADR310WL
max
1800
18,0
45
0,22
16,3
47
0,20
ADR315WL
max
2400
26,3
48
0,32
24,0
50
0,29
ADR320WL
max
3400
39,4
49
0,48
35,7
51
0,44
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
ADR210WL
max
1350
10,2
38
0,25
9,0
40
0,22
ADR215WL
max
2000
15,4
38
0,37
13,5
40
0,33
ADR220WL
max
2600
18,8
37
0,46
16,4
39
0,40
ADR310WL
max
1800
13,2
37
0,32
11,6
39
0,28
ADR315WL
max
2400
19,3
39
0,47
16,8
41
0,41
ADR320WL
max
3400
28,9
40
0,70
25,2
42
0,61
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
ADR210WL
max
1350
8,5
34
0,10
7,1
36
0,09
ADR215WL
max
2000
12,7
34
0,15
10,6
36
0,13
ADR220WL
max
2600
15,5
33
0,19
13,1
35
0,16
ADR310WL
max
1800
10,8
33
0,13
9,0
35
0,11
ADR315WL
max
2400
16,1
35
0,19
13,6
37
0,16
ADR320WL
max
3400
24,0
36
0,29
20,1
38
0,24
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
ADR210WL
max
1350
6,4
29
0,05
5,0
31
0,04
ADR215WL
max
2000
9,5
29
0,08
7,3
31
0,06
ADR220WL
max
2600
11,8
28
0,09
9,1
30
0,07
ADR310WL
max
1800
8,0
28
0,06
5,5
29
0,04
ADR315WL
max
2400
12,3
30
0,10
9,5
32
0,08
ADR320WL
max
3400
18,0
31
0,14
13,8
32
0,11
84
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over ADR 200/300 W water coil
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Average
temp.
water °C
K
40
1,10
50
1,06
60
1,03
70
1,00
80
0,97
90
0,93
Pressure drop [bar]
Pressure drop [kPa]
Water flow [m3/h]
The pressure drop
is calculated for an
average temperature
of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water
temperatures, the
pressure drop is
multiplied by the
factor K.
Water flow [l/s]
Water presssure drop over regulations and valves
10
10
0,1
TV
V2
VR 0
25
TV
V2
5
20
0,7
Pressure drop [bar]
1,0
70
VR
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,1
Water flow [m3/h]
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
85
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Wiring diagrams ADR 200/300 E
Electrical control options
Electrical - Level 1
Thermozone ADR200E / ADR300E
M
M
1~
I + II = III
M
1~
1~
I
Wind
indicator
˚C
F3
60º
CK01E
II
S4
K1
3 5
L N
˚C
˚C
F5
40º
F4
50º
F2
80º
6 7
C1
C6
C7
C2
C3
Fuse
120V
140V
170V
200V
230V
Trafo
˚C
1 2 3 4 5 6
230V~
K2
K3
LN
L1 L2 L3
230V~
400V3~
400V3~ Heat
230V~ Motor and control
230V~
CB32N,
control box
8
400V3~ Heat
2+PE
2+PE
6x0,5mm2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 L N
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11
ADR200E / ADR300E
6x0,5mm2
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
ADR200E / ADR300E
C˚
Hi
2+PE
4x0,5mm2
Lo
RTI2
0
CB32N
6x0,5mm2
0
RTI2
CB32N
Electrical - Level 2
CK02E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
86
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Electric - Level 3
CK03GD
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAGD1, additional
electric board
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
87
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Wiring diagrams ADR 200/300 W
Water control options
Water - Level 1
CK01W
CB30N,
control box
T10,
room thermostat
SD20,
actuator
Water - Level 2
TVV20/25 two
way valve
CK02W
CB30N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
88
Thermozone ADR 200/300 E/W
Water - Level 3
CK03GD
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
SD20,
actuator
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAGD1, additional
electric board
TVV20/25
2-way regulation valve
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
89
Thermozone AC Corinte
Electrical heat 9 - 24 kW
Vertical: 1,5; 2; 2,5 and 3 metres
Horizontal: 1; 1,5; 2; 2,5 and 3 metres
Water heat
R
Thermozone® AC Corinte
Air curtains for doors with heights of up to 3 metres
Application
AC Corinte is an air curtain in stainless steel intended
for shop entrances and other environments with high
demands in respect of design. AC Corinte is mounted
standing next to or hanging above the door opening.
Mounted with one unit on either side of the opening,
thus creating a classic symmetry, the curtain effect and
comfort is optimized. AC Corinte is available in five
different lenghts covering most needs.
Comfort
AC Corinte creates an air barrier, which prevents cold
draughts and ensures comfortable heating inside the
door. An adjustable exhaust grille makes it possible
to direct the air for an optimal air curtain effect. AC
Corinte can also contribute to the heating of the room
when the door is closed.
Product facts
• An adjustable exhaust grille makes it possible to
direct the air for an optimal air curtain effect.
• AC Corinte is available for horizontal or vertical
mounting.
• When mounted vertically, the electrical and/or water
connections can be made from above or from below.
When mounted horizontally from right or left.
• Produced in brushed stainless steel as standard, but
also available in polished or mirror-polished stainless
steel.
Air velocity profile
Operation and economy
AC Corinte saves energy. The air barrier reduces
energy losses through the door opening and the energy
consumption of the air curtain is also low. With an air
curtain as a heat source it produces heat in the area
where it is most needed, and as a result the rest of the
premises can be covered with less output.
Design
AC Corinte is a slim, stylish air curtain in brushed
stainless steel. It is also available in polished or mirrorpolished stainless steel.
2008-03-06
*¹) Peak values.
*²) Mean values according to AMCA 220-05
"Test methods for Air Curtain Units"
Thermozone AC Corinte
Technical specifications | Thermozone AC Corinte E with electrical heat  3
Type
Output
steps
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
ACC1000E*1
0/6/9
950/1900
∆t*2
Voltage
motor
[V]
Voltage
heat
[V]
Amperage
motor
[A]
Amperage
heat
[A]
Height/
Length
[mm]
Weight
[°C]
Sound
level*3
[dB(A)]
29/14
44/61
230V~
400V3~
2,2
8,7/13,0
1000
47
[kg]
ACC1500E
0/8/12
1350/2600
27/14
45/62
230V~
400V3~
2,9
11,5/17,3
1500
63
ACC2000E
0/12/18
1980/3800
28/14
47/64
230V~
400V3~
4,3
17,3/26,0
2000
95
ACC2500E
0/12/18
2340/4500
23/12
48/65
230V~
400V3~
5,1
17,3/26,0
2500
110
ACC3000E
0/16/24
2660/5100
27/14
48/65
230V~
400V3~
5,8
23,1/34,6
3000
126
*1) ACC1000E is available only for horizontal mounting.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*3) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Technical specifications | Thermozone AC Corinte WL with water heat, coil for low tempered water <80/60 °C  2
Type
Output*2
[kW]
[m3/h]
ACC1000WL*1
19
950/1900
Airflow
∆t*2,3
Sound
level*4
[dB(A)]
Voltage
motor
[V]
Amperage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
42/35
2,0
44/61
230V~
Weight
[A]
Height/
Length
[mm]
2,1
1000
47
[kg]
ACC1500WL
29
1350/2600
41/34
3,2
45/62
230V~
2,9
1500
63
ACC2000WL
42
1980/3800
40/33
4,3
47/64
230V~
4,3
2000
95
ACC2500WL
52
2340/4500
41/34
5,4
48/65
230V~
5,0
2500
110
ACC3000WL
60
2660/5100
38/31
6,6
48/65
230V~
5,7
3000
126
Technical specifications | Thermozone AC Corinte WH with water heat, coil for high tempered water ≥80/60 °C  2
Type
Output
[kW]
[m3/h]
ACC1000WH*1
11
950/1900
*2
Airflow
∆t*2,3
Sound
level*4
[dB(A)]
Voltage
motor
[V]
Amperage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
26/20
1,1
44/61
230V~
Weight
[A]
Height/
Length
[mm]
2,1
1000
47
[kg]
ACC1500WH
17
1350/2600
26/20
1,9
45/62
230V~
2,9
1500
63
ACC2000WH
24
1980/3800
25/19
2,5
47/64
230V~
4,3
2000
95
ACC2500WH
30
2340/4500
25/23
3,3
48/65
230V~
5,0
2500
110
ACC3000WH
35
2660/5100
23/17
3,9
48/65
230V~
5,7
3000
126
*1) ACC1000W is available only for horizontal mounting.
*2) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature in +15 °C.
*3) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*4) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Protection class AC Corinte E/W (IP20).
CE compliant.
Ordering key
ACC - Length - Heat medium - Unit shape - Connections position - Finish / Material
Example: ACC - 1500 - WL - VL - 2 - P
Length
1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 or 3000
Heat medium
WL (low temperature water),
WH (high temperature water) or
E (electrical).
Unit shape
H (Horizontal), VL (Vertical Left) or VR
(Vertical Right) seen from the inside
Connections
position
1 or 2, see below.
Finish / material
B240 = Brushed grain 240
P = Polished bright annealed
M = Mirror polished
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Connections position
Thermozone AC Corinte
Dimensions
Vertical ACC E/W
A
[mm]
ACC1000
1000
ACC1500
1500
ACC2000
2000
ACC2500
2500
ACC3000
3000
Details of ACC W
Doorway
Outlet
Upper part of
the unit seen
from above.
Connection dimensions,
inside thread
120
Bottom part of
the unit seen
from above.
50
Intake
Ø
3/4”
DN20
ACC WL
X
ACC1000WH
X
ACC1500WH
X
ACC2000WH
X
ACC2500WH
X
ACC3000WH
X
Thermozone AC Corinte
Dimensions
Horizontal ACC E/W
Positioning, mounting and installation
Vertical mounting
The floor standing AC Corinte unit is mounted on
adjustable feet that make it possible to compensate for
possible irregularities in the floor. The feet are bolted
to the floor and covered by a covering edge. The top
should be secured with an angle bracket or similar to
prevent the air curtain from toppling over.
Horizontal mounting
The unit is mounted with the outlet facing downwards.
For wall mounting two alt. three brackets are used
(accessory). The air curtain can also be mounted
hanging from the ceiling. Four alt. six M8, inside thread,
are delivered with unit (ACC1000 and ACC1500 have
four pieces each and ACC2000, ACC2500 and ACC3000
have six pieces each).
Electrical installation
The unit is connected with preconnected cables (1,5
metres). See wiring diagram.
Connection of water coil, horizontal mounting
There are connections, inside thread, on top of the unit.
See table with dimensions on previous page.
Connection of water coil, vertical mounting
There are connections, inside thread, union connection,
inside the unit. See table with dimensions on previous
page.
Fig. 1: Minimum distance for electrical units and water supplied units
Thermozone AC Corinte
Control kits
Electric  3
Water  2
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output in 2 steps.
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output via actuator/valve on/off.
Control kit CK01E:
Control kit CK01W:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- CB30N, control box , controls the airflow in 3 steps
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runson low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the stages 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02E:
- T10, room thermostat IP30
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature. When the door is open the fan runs on
high speed, when the door closes the fan will continue
to run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on the MDC.
When the door is closed the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output on/off.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the stages 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
Control kit CK02W:
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03GD:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
- ADEAGD1, additional electric board
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
Level 3
Air flow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03GD:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor, builtin room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
- ADEAGD1, additional electric board
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
Thermozone AC Corinte
Output charts water
AC Corinte WL
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
ACC1000WL
max
1900
min
950
ACC1500WL
ACC2000WL
ACC2500WL
ACC3000WL
Output
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
19,7
46
0,24
17,8
48
0,22
12,1
53
0,15
10,9
54
0,13
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
2600
29,6
49
0,36
26,7
51
0,33
min
1350
18,5
56
0,23
16,7
57
0,21
max
3800
42,7
48
0,52
38,9
50
0,47
min
1980
26,8
55
0,33
24,3
56
0,30
max
4500
51,9
49
0,63
47,1
51
0,58
min
2340
32,3
56
0,39
29,3
57
0,36
max
5100
60,2
50
0,74
54,5
52
0,67
min
2660
37,4
57
0,46
33,9
58
0,41
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
ACC1000WL
ACC1500WL
ACC2000WL
ACC2500WL
ACC3000WL
Fan
position
Airflow
Output
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[m3/h]
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
max
1900
14,5
38
0,35
12,7
40
0,31
min
950
8,9
43
0,22
7,7
44
0,19
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
2600
21,7
40
0,53
18,9
42
0,46
min
1350
13,5
45
0,33
11,8
46
0,29
max
3800
31,3
40
0,76
27,3
41
0,66
min
1980
19,6
44
0,48
17,1
46
0,41
max
4500
38,0
40
0,92
33,2
42
0,81
min
2340
23,6
45
0,58
20,7
46
0,50
max
5100
44,1
41
1,07
38,5
42
0,93
min
2660
27,4
46
0,66
23,9
47
0,58
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
ACC1000WL
max
1900
min
950
ACC1500WL
ACC2000WL
ACC2500WL
ACC3000WL
Output
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
11,8
33
0,14
9,9
35
0,12
7,3
38
0,09
6,2
39
0,08
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
2600
18,1
36
0,22
15,3
38
0,19
min
1350
11,3
39
0,14
9,6
41
0,12
max
3800
26,1
35
0,32
22,0
37
0,27
min
1980
16,4
40
0,20
13,9
41
0,17
max
4500
31,8
36
0,39
26,7
38
0,32
min
2340
19,8
40
0,24
16,7
41
0,20
max
5100
36,8
37
0,45
31,0
38
0,38
min
2660
22,9
41
0,28
19,4
42
0,23
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
ACC1000WL
max
1900
min
950
ACC1500WL
ACC2000WL
ACC2500WL
ACC3000WL
Output
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
8,7
29
0,07
6,4
30
0,05
4,9
30
0,04
2,8
29
0,02
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
2600
13,8
31
0,11
10,7
32
0,09
min
1350
8,9
35
0,07
6,9
35
0,06
max
3800
19,9
31
0,16
15,3
32
0,12
min
1980
12,8
34
0,10
9,8
35
0,08
max
4500
24,1
31
0,19
18,6
32
0,15
min
2340
15,4
35
0,13
11,3
34
0,08
max
5100
28,0
31
0,23
21,7
33
0,18
min
2660
17,8
35
0,14
12,2
34
0,10
Thermozone AC Corinte
Output charts water
AC Corinte WH
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 130/70 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
ACC1000WH
max
1900
min
950
ACC1500WH
ACC2000WH
ACC2500WH
ACC3000WH
Output
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
15,4
39
0,06
14,3
42
0,06
10,4
47
0,04
9,7
50
0,04
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
2600
24,8
43
0,10
23,2
47
0,09
min
1350
16,7
52
0,07
15,6
54
0,06
max
3800
35,6
43
0,15
33,1
46
0,14
min
1980
24,1
51
0,10
22,5
54
0,09
max
4500
43,6
44
0,18
40,6
47
0,17
min
2340
23,9
52
0,12
27,3
55
0,11
max
5100
50,9
45
0,21
47,5
48
0,20
min
2660
34,3
53
0,14
32,0
56
0,13
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 110/80 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
ACC1000WH
ACC1500WH
ACC2000WH
ACC2500WH
ACC3000WH
Fan
position
Airflow
Output
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[m3/h]
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
max
1900
16,1
40
0,13
15,1
44
0,13
min
950
10,8
49
0,09
10,0
51
0,08
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
2600
25,3
44
0,21
23,6
47
0,19
min
1350
16,9
52
0,14
15,8
55
0,13
max
3800
36,3
43
0,30
39,9
47
0,28
min
1980
24,5
52
0,20
22,8
54
0,19
max
4500
44,5
44
0,37
41,6
47
0,34
min
2340
29,8
53
0,24
27,8
55
0,23
max
5100
52,0
45
0,43
48,6
48
0,40
min
2660
34,7
54
0,29
32,4
56
0,27
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
ACC1000WH
max
1900
min
950
ACC1500WH
ACC2000WH
ACC2500WH
ACC3000WH
Output
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
13,3
36
0,16
12,2
39
0,15
8,8
43
0,11
8,1
45
0,10
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
2600
20,7
39
0,25
19,0
42
0,23
min
1350
13,8
45
0,17
12,7
48
0,16
max
3800
29,7
38
0,36
27,4
41
0,34
min
1980
20,0
45
0,24
18,4
48
0,23
max
4500
36,4
39
0,45
33,5
42
0,41
min
2340
24,3
46
0,30
22,4
48
0,28
max
5100
42,6
40
0,52
39,2
43
0,48
min
2660
28,3
47
0,35
26,1
49
0,32
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
ACC1000WH
max
1900
min
950
ACC1500WH
ACC2000WH
ACC2500WH
ACC3000WH
Output
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
11,0
32
0,13
9,9
36
0,12
7,3
38
0,09
6,6
41
0,08
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
2600
17,2
38
0,21
15,6
38
0,19
min
1350
11,5
40
0,14
10,5
43
0,13
max
3800
24,7
34
0,30
22,4
38
0,27
min
1980
16,7
40
0,20
15,0
43
0,18
max
4500
30,3
35
0,37
27,4
38
0,34
min
2340
20,3
41
0,25
18,3
43
0,23
max
5100
35,4
36
0,43
32,0
39
0,39
min
2660
23,6
41
0,29
21,4
44
0,26
Thermozone AC Corinte
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over AC Corinte water coil
1
2
4
6
3
5
7
Pressure drop [bar]
Pressure drop [kPa]
Water flow [m3/h]
9
8
Water flow [l/s]
Water pressure drop over regulations and valves
Water flow [m3/h]
1,0
10
10
0,1
V
V
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,7
1
0,01
0,1
1,0
0,01
Water flow [l/s]
The pressure drop is calculated for an average temperature of 70 °C (PVV80/60).
For other water temperatures, the pressure drop is multiplied by the factor K.
Average temp. water °C
40
50
60
70
80
90
K
1,10
1,06
1,03
1,00
0,97
0,93
Pressure drop [bar]
0,1
70
Thermozone AC Corinte
Wiring diagrams AC Corinte E
Electrical control options
Level 1
CK01E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
Level 2
CK02E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Thermozone AC Corinte
Wiring diagrams AC Corinte E
Electrical control options
Level 3
CK03GD
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
ADEAGD1, additional
electric board
Thermozone AC Corinte
Wiring diagrams AC Corinte W
Water control options
Level 1
CK01W
CB30N,
control box
T10,
room thermostat
TVV20/25 two
way valve
SD20,
actuator
Level 2
CK02W
CB30N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Thermozone AC Corinte
Wiring diagrams AC Corinte W
Water control options
Level 3
CK03GD
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
ADEAGD1, additional
electric board
SD20,
actuator
TVV20/25
2-way regulation valve
Thermozone AD Corinte
Ambient, no heat
Electrical heat 15 – 22,5 kW
Vertical: 2,2 and 2,5 metres
Horizontal: 1,7 and 2,2 metres
Water heat
R
Thermozone® AD Corinte
Air curtains for doors with heights of up to 3,5 metres
AD Corinte is intended for exclusive shop entrances and
other environments with high demands in respect of
design. Available in polished stainless steel as standard,
can also be obtained in brushed or mirror-finished
stainless steel.
AD Corinte includes new fan technology with radial
fans which means further improvements in respect of
sound level and performance.
Cold draughts and energy loss can be prevented
whilst the AD Corinte contributes to the heating of the
premises.
The availability of three lengths provides the
opportunity to cover openings of different widths and
heights.The air curtains can be installed vertically on
either or both sides of the entrance, or a number of
units can be mounted side by side over the doorway.
It is recommended that the units are supplied with
a frequency inverter. Fan motors can be connected for
3x230V or 3x400V.
AD Corinte with water heat is equipped with a
coarse filter to protect fans / water battery. Can also
be equipped with a fine filter, class F5 (EU5) as an
accessory.
AD Corinte with electrical heat may be equipped with
an aluminium filter.
• Produced in polished stainless steel as standard, but
also available in brushed or mirror-polished stainless
steel. Colour intake and outlet grille: black, RAL 9005
• AD Corinte is available for horizontal or vertical
mounting.
• The AD Corinte has an exclusive design that suits
shop entrances and office environments.
• A fine filter F5 (EU5) is available as an accessory for
water heated units.
• For vertical mounting, electricity and/or water may be
connected from above or below.
• Optimized airflow with Thermozone technology.
Air velocity profile
AD Corinte E/W
Peak*1
AMCA*2
0,1 m
14,0 m/s
13,2 m/s
1,0 m
7,0 m/s
5,8 m/s
2,0 m
4,5 m/s
4,4 m/s
3,0 m
3,6 m/s
3,7 m/s
3,5 m
3,3 m/s
3,4 m/s
*¹) Peak values.
*²) Mean values according to AMCA 220-05
"Test methods for Air Curtain Units"
2008-02-23
102
• Frico fan technology using radial fans which means
further improvements in respect of sound level and
performance.
Thermozone AD Corinte
Technical specifications | Type
ADCH17A*¹
Output
Airflow
[kW]
0
Thermozone AD Corinte A without heat  1
Output
motor
[W]
Voltage*3
motor
[V]
Voltage
inverter
[V]
Amperage motor
400V3~/230V3~
[A]
Length
[m3/h]
Sound
level*6
[dB(A)]
[mm]
[kg]
1400/3000
40/60
1100
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
1,7/2,8
1700
73
Weight
ADCH22A
0
1800/4000
42/61
1665
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,5/4,3
2200
95
ADCV22A*²
0
1800/4000
42/61
1665
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,5/4,3
2200
95
ADCV25A
0
2050/4500
43/63
1930
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,9/5,0
2450
108
Technical specifications | Type
Thermozone AD Corinte E with electrical heat  3
∆t*5
Output
steps
Airflow
[kW]
[m3/h]
[°C]
[dB(A)]
[W]
[V]
ADCH17E*¹
0/7,5/15
1400/3000
32/15
40/60
1100
230V3~/400V3~
Sound
level*6
Output
motor
Voltage
inverter
Voltage*3
motor
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
heat
Length Weight
[V]
Amperage
motor
400V3~/
230V3~
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
230V~
1,7/2,8
400V3~/21,7
1700
85
110
ADCH22E
0/10/20
1800/4000
33/15
42/61
1665
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,5/4,3
400V3~/28,9
2200
ADCV22E*2
0/10/20
1800/4000
33/15
42/61
1665
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,5/4,3
400V3~/28,9
2200
110
ADCV25E
0/11,2/22,5
2050/4500
33/15
43/63
1930
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,9/5,0
400V3~/32,5
2450
125
Technical specifications | Type
Output*4
[kW]
ADCH17WL*¹ 33
Thermozone AD Corinte WL with water heat, coil for low tempered water < 80/60 °C  2
∆t*4,5
Airflow
Water
volume
Sound
level*6
Output
motor
Voltage
motor*3
Voltage
inverter
[m3/h]
[°C]
[l]
[dB(A)]
[W]
[V]
[V]
Amperage
motor
400V3~/
230V3~
[A]
1400/3000
42/32
2,8
39/59
1060
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
1,6/2,7
Length Weight
mm]
[kg]
1700
85
46
1800/4000
43/33
3,6
42/60
1565
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,3/4,1
2200
110
ADCV22WL*² 46
1800/4000
43/33
3,6
42/60
1565
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,3/4,1
2200
110
52
2050/4500
43/34
4,0
42/61
1750
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,6/4,6
2450
125
ADCH22WL
ADCV25WL
Technical specifications | Type
Output*4
[kW]
ADCH17WH*¹ 22
Thermozone AD Corinte WH with water heat, coil for high tempered water ≥80/60 °C  2
Airflow
∆t*4,5
Water
volume
Sound
level*6
Output
motor
Voltage
motor*3
Voltage
inverter
[m3/h]
[°C]
[l]
[dB(A)]
[W]
[V]
[V]
Amperage
motor
400V3~/
230V3~
[A]
1400/3000
30/22
2,8
39/59
1060
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
1,6/2,7
Length Weight
mm]
[kg]
1700
85
30
1800/4000
31/22
3,6
42/60
1565
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,3/4,1
2200
110
ADCV22WH*² 30
1800/4000
31/22
3,6
42/60
1565
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,3/4,1
2200
110
34
2050/4500
31/22
4,0
42/61
1750
230V3~/400V3~
230V~
2,6/4,6
2450
125
ADCH22WH
ADCV25WH
*¹) For horizontal mounting (H= horizontal).
*²) For vertical mounting (V= vertical).
*3) Delivered connected for 230V3~. Convertible from 230V3~ to 400V3~.
*4) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature in + 15 °C.
*5) Dt= temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*6) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Protection class AD Corinte A/E/W: IP20.
CE compliant.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
103
Thermozone AD Corinte
Dimensions
Vertical
Opening
44 134
134 44
Outlet
100
150
150
100
Intake
Upper part of
the unit – seen
from above
150
45
45
Connection hatch
40
140
40
170
40
25
25
Connection hatch
170
104
150
Bottom part of
the unit – seen
from above
40
140
Thermozone AD Corinte
Extension hood
Connections from below
Connections from above
80
60
105
Thermozone AD Corinte
Dimensions
Horizontal
1700/2200
1670/2170
1
35
80
180
35
Ø1
2
40
106
Thermozone AD Corinte
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
AD Corinte can be mounted either vertically or
horizontally.
For horizontal mounting, the unit may be mounted
on the wall or on the ceiling with the enclosed brackets.
For suspended mounting from the ceiling, suitable
devices (threaded bars, rails etc.) are fixed on the
brackets.
A mounting edging is included with the vertically
mounted units. The edging is put on the floor beneath
the air curtain. The unit is anchored to the floor with
expansion-shell bolts for instance.
When ordering AD Corinte for vertical mounting it
is necessary to specify on which side of the opening it
should be positioned. It is recommended to specify if
electricity and/or water connections should be made
from above or below, but this can be altered on site.
When ordering AD Corinte for horizontal mounting,
it is necessary to specify left or right connection (seen
from inside the building).
The unit can be provided with an extension hood to
cover the distance between unit and ceiling (max length
1000 mm).
Connection AD Corinte E 3
Thermozone AD Corinte should be equipped with a
frequency inverter (FC15A/FC15M) for variable fan
speed regulation. The electrical connection may be
done from above or below. The appliance should be
preceded by a triple pole switch with at least 3 mm
breaking gap. For units with electrical heating, power
and control should be supplied separately.
For connection between inverter and motors a cable
with braided, tinned copper mesh shield (type C4), with
85 % coverage should be used.
Min 180 mm
75
376
50
Min 180 mm
Fig. 1: Minimum distance for water supplied units (for electrical units
see www.frico.se)
Connection AD Corinte W 2
Thermozone AD Corinte should be equipped with a
frequency inverter (FC15A/FC15M) for variable fan
speed regulation. The water connection may be done
from above or below. When connecting the water on
top or from below, there is space, but limited, inside
the unit for pipe connections. The appliance should
be preceded by a triple pole switch with at least 3 mm
breaking gap.
For connection between inverter and motors a cable
with braided, tinned copper mesh shield (type C4), with
85 % coverage should be used.
107
Thermozone AD Corinte
Control kits
Ambient 1
Water heat 2
Airflow is controlled manually with a frequency inverter.
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually with a frequency inverter.
Room thermostat controls the heat output via actuator/
valve.
Complete control kit:
- FC15M, frequency inverter with EMC filter.
Complete control kit:
Electrical heat 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Complete control kit:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact).
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting.
- FC15A, frequency inverter with EMC filter.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
- FC15M, frequency inverter with EMC filter.
- T10, room thermostat IP30 (option KRT1900, IP55).
- VR20/25, set of valves (option only actuator/valve
SD20/TVV20 or TVV25).
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Complete control kit:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact).
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting.
- VR20/25, set of valves (option only actuator/valve
SD20/TVV20 or TVV25).
See chapter on Controls and accessories or contact
Frico for further alternatives.
Accessories
FC15A/FC15M, frequency inverter
Frequency inverter for variable fan speed control of AD
Corinte. Input voltage 230V~, output voltage 3x230V~.
Max input inverter 16 A at 230V~ supply voltage. EMCfilter is included as standard. IP20. All settings are preprogrammed for regulation in combination with ADEA.
FC15M is similar to FC15A but pre-programmed for
manual fan speed control.
ADCFC, filter
Spare filter for single use. Filter class F5 (EU5). Different
filter cassettes for each length of AD Corinte.
ADCEH, extension hood
Extension hood used to cover the space between the
ceiling and the air curtain for a neat finish.
108
- FC15A, frequency inverter with EMC filter.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
Thermozone AD Corinte
Output charts water
AD Corinte WL
(standard coil)
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
ADC17WL
max
min
ADC22WL
ADC25WL
Airflow
Output
[m3/h]
3000
1400
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
33,5
47
0,40
30,3
49
0,36
20,1
57
0,24
18,2
58
0,21
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
4000
45,9
48
0,54
41,5
50
0,49
min
1800
26,7
58
0,31
24,2
59
0,28
max
4500
52,0
49
0,62
47,2
50
0,56
min
2050
30,5
58
0,36
27,8
59
0,33
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
ADC17WL
max
min
ADC22WL
ADC25WL
Airflow
Output
[m3/h]
3000
1400
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
24,5
39
0,58
21,3
41
0,50
14,6
45
0,34
12,7
46
0,30
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
4000
33,4
39
0,79
29,1
41
0,69
min
1800
19,3
46
0,46
16,9
47
0,40
max
4500
37,9
40
0,90
33,1
41
0,78
min
2050
22,0
46
0,52
19,3
47
0,46
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
ADC17WL
ADC22WL
ADC25WL
Fan
position
Airflow
Output
[m3/h]
max
3000
min
1400
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
20,2
34
0,24
16,9
36
0,20
12,3
41
0,14
10,4
42
0,12
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
4000
28,1
35
0,33
23,6
37
0,28
min
1800
16,6
41
0,19
14,1
43
0,16
max
4500
32,0
36
0,38
27,0
37
0,32
min
2050
19,1
42
0,22
16,2
43
0,19
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
ADC17WL
max
min
ADC22WL
ADC25WL
Airflow
Output
[m3/h]
3000
1400
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
15,1
29
0,12
11,5
31
0,09
9,6
35
0,07
7,4
35
0,05
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
4000
21,6
31
0,17
16,7
32
0,13
min
1800
13,3
36
0,10
10,4
37
0,08
max
4500
24,9
31
0,19
19,3
32
0,15
min
2050
15,3
37
0,12
12,1
37
0,09
109
Thermozone AD Corinte
Output charts water
AD Corinte WH
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 130/70 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
Output
[m /h]
[kW]
max
3000
33,1
47
0,13
30,8
50
0,12
min
1400
21,5
60
0,08
20,1
62
0,07
3
ADC17WH
ADC22WH
ADC25WH
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
4000
45,7
48
0,18
42,7
51
0,16
min
1800
29,0
62
0,11
27,1
64
0,10
max
4500
52,1
49
0,20
48,6
51
0,19
min
2050
33,2
62
0,13
31,0
64
0,12
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 110/80 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
ADC17WH
ADC22WH
ADC25WH
Fan
position
Airflow
Output
[m3/h]
max
3000
min
1400
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
33,0
47
0,26
30,7
50
0,24
21,0
59
0,16
19,7
61
0,15
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
4000
45,0
48
0,35
42,0
51
0,33
min
1800
28,0
61
0,22
26,3
63
0,20
max
4500
51,0
48
0,40
47,7
51
0,38
min
2050
32,0
61
0,25
30,0
63
0,23
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
ADC17WH
max
min
ADC22WH
ADC25WH
Airflow
Output
[m3/h]
3000
1400
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
26,8
41
0,32
24,7
44
0,29
17,1
51
0,20
15,7
53
0,18
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
4000
36,6
42
0,43
33,7
44
0,40
min
1800
22,8
52
0,27
21,0
54
0,25
max
4500
41,5
42
0,49
38,2
45
0,45
min
2050
26,0
52
0,31
24,0
54
0,28
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
ADC17WH
max
min
ADC22WH
ADC25WH
110
Airflow
Output
[m3/h]
3000
1400
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
22,4
37
0,26
20,2
40
0,24
14,3
45
0,17
13,0
47
0,15
Output
[kW]
Outgoing
air temp.
[°C]
Water
flow
[l/s]
max
4000
30,7
37
0,36
27,7
40
0,33
min
1800
19,1
46
0,22
17,3
48
0,20
max
4500
34,8
37
0,41
31,5
40
0,37
min
2050
21,8
46
0,26
19,8
48
0,23
Thermozone AD Corinte
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over AD Corinte W water battery
Water flow [m3/h]
10
C2
2/
25
C1
7
0,7
AD
10
1
0,01
0,1
Pressure drop [bar]
1,0
AD
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,1
70
0,1
0,01
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
Water pressure drop over regulations and valves
Water flow [m3/h]
1,0
10
10
0,1
V
V
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,7
Pressure drop [bar]
0,1
70
1
0,01
0,1
1,0
0,01
Water flow [l/s]
The pressure drop is calculated for an average temperature of 70 °C (PVV80/60).
For other water temperatures, the pressure drop is multiplied by the factor K.
Average temp. water °C
40
50
60
70
80
90
K
1,10
1,06
1,03
1,00
0,97
0,93
111
Thermozone AD Corinte
Wiring diagrams AD Corinte A
Ambient control options - Level 1
FC15M,
frequency inverter
112
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AD Corinte
Wiring diagrams AD Corinte E
Electrical control options - Level 3
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
ADEAEB, external
control board
FC15A,
frequency inverter
ADEAR, regulator with
display unit and built-in
room sensor
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
113
Thermozone AD Corinte
Wiring diagrams AD Corinte W
Water control options
Water - Level 1
T10, room thermostat
TVV20/25, 2-way regulation valve
FC15M,
frequency inverter
SD20, actuator
114
Thermozone AD Corinte
Water - Level 2
FC15A,
frequency inverter
ADEAR, regulator with display
unit and built-in room sensor
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAOS, outdoor sensor
ADEAEB, external
control board
TVV20/25
2-way regulation valve
SD20, actuator
115
Thermozone RD
Electrical heat 6-36 kW
Length: 1.0 - 2.5 metres
R
Water heat
Thermozone® RD
Air curtains for revolving doors
Thermozone RD is an ideal solution for any
environment with revolving doors. The air curtain is
mounted concealed on top of the door which is an
advantage from a design point-of-view. It also keeps
the floor space free and protects the air curtain from
disturbance.
The revolving door is a very efficient solution in
buildings where the wind stress and pressure difference
over the entrance is high. Although the revolving door
prevents the stream of cold air entering the building it
brings cold air in with every turn.
Thermozone RD prevents the cold air from leaving
the revolving door, providing good heating comfort and
the opportunity to make use of the floor space close to
the opening.
The air curtain can also contribute to heating the
entrance.
• Thermozone RD represents an overall solution for
revolving doors.
• Discrete mounting on top of the revolving door.
• Can be utilized in revolving doors with opening width
up to 3 metres.
• Built-in frost protection thermostat AFTRD available
for water heated units (accessory). The thermostat
opens for full water flow when there is a freeze risk (at
a preset temperature).
• To make the installation quicker and more compact,
valves (VKRD) can be integrated with the unit
(accessory).
• Easy connection of water heated units with flexible
hoses (accessory).
• Corrosion proof housing and duct made of zinc-plated
steel panels. Two-pack coating RAL9016 is standard.
• The front of the duct is covered by a special duct
cover plate which can be customized in two-pack
coating (any RAL or NCS colour) as standard. Powder
coating (any RAL or NCS colour) or stainless steel are
optional.
2008-03-17
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone RD
Technical specifications |  Thermozone RD E with electrical heat  3
Output steps
Airflow
Sound level*1
∆t*2
[kW]
[m3/h]
[dB(A)]
RD18E09
0/6/9
1800
48
RD27E15
0/10/15
2700
RD36E23
0/15/22.5
RD54E30
RD63E36
Type
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(heat)
Length
Weight*4
[°C]
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(control)
[mm]
[kg]
15
230V~/2.52A
400V3~/13A
1000
80
49
17
230V~/3.36A
400V3~/22A
1000
100
3600
50
19
230V~/4.48A
400V3~/32.5A
1500
150
0/20/30
5400
51
17
230V~/6.72A
400V3~/43.5A
2000
200
0/24/36
6300
52
17
230V~/7.84A
400V3~/52A
2500
220
Technical specifications | Type
Thermozone RD WL with water heat  2
Water
∆t*2,3
Voltage
Amperage
Length
Weight*4
Output*3
Airflow
Sound level*1
[kW]
[m3/h]
[dB(A)]
[l]
[°C]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
16
1800
48
2,18
26
230V~
2.52
1000
80
volume
RD18WL
RD27WL
19
2400
49
2,18
23
230V~
3.36
1000
100
RD36WL
29
3500
50
3,33
25
230V~
4.48
1500
150
RD54WL
42
5100
51
4,47
25
230V~
6.72
2000
200
RD63WL
51
6000
52
5,62
25
230V~
7.84
2500
220
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and highest airflow.
*3) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature, in +15 °C.
*4) Approximate weight for air curtain and duct
Protection class Thermozone RD: (IP20), normal design.
CE-compliant.
Thermozone RD
Ordering
Select air curtain
To select which air curtain to order, multiply the width
W with the height H of the opening of the revolving
door, to get the surface of the opening. To create
comfort in the entrance area between 3,5 and 5 kW
heating per square meter of opening, depending on the
lowest outdoor temperature, is needed.
The heat output of electrically heated RD can
be found in the Technical specifications. The heat
output of water heated RD is depending on the water
temperatures and can be found in the Output charts
water.
Two-pack coating (standard)
State RAL code
Powder coating RAL
State “POWDER” followed by
RAL code
State “POWDER” followed by
NCS code
Stainless steel, brushed grain 240
Stainless steel, polished bright
annealed
Stainless steel, mirror polished
Type - Mounting – R – W – X – Z – Finish / Material
Example: RD54WL – NO BEAM – 2500 – 2900 – 2350 – 500 – B240
Type
See Technical specifications.
Mounting
Without beam (NO BEAM) or with beam (WITH
BEAM). Read more under To think about and Mounting and installation.
R
State B240
The outer radius of the revolving door above the
entrance height.
W
The opening width of the revolving door
X
The largest distance between the outer radius R of
the revolving door and the wall to the outside
Z
Finish / Material selection
Powder coating NCS
Order key
The height between the inner ceiling of the revolving
door (the position of the outlet of the duct) up to the
outer roof of the revolving door (where the air curtain
is mounted).
Finish /
Coating or stainless steel, see table. Only valid for
Material
duct cover plate. Air curtain and duct are RAL9016,
two-pack coating.
State P
State M
To think about
• Make sure that the air curtain fits on top of the
revolving door.
• The distance X between the outer radius of the
revolving door and the wall to the outside must
exceed the minimum installation space Y. If the wall
is relatively thin and placed in the center of the door
it is normally no problem. If uncertain, please contact
Technical support.
• Normally the length L of the air curtain should be less
than the opening width W of the revolving door.
• If it is required that the length L of the air curtain is
larger than the opening width W or if there is little
space a duct with special shape can be delivered.
• Ensure that the ceiling of the revolving door can
carry the weight of the air curtain and duct. The total
weight of the installation is stated in the Technical
specifications. When mounting without beam the RD
is mounted resting on top of the roof. If the roof of the
revolving door cannot carry the weight the RD can
be mounted on a beam construction (mounting with
beam).
Mounting and installation
Please also read the section To think about.
The distance between the outer roof of the revolving
door and the solid ceiling of the building must not
be below 800 mm. This is to enable installation and
maintenance.
The RD can be mounted in two ways, with or
without beam. This must be stated in the ordering key.
Mounting without beam the RD is resting on top of the
roof with rubber feet on steel plates 100 x 200 mm to
spread the weight over a larger area. If the roof of the
revolving door cannot carry the weight the RD can be
mounted on a beam construction (mounting with beam)
spreading the weight out to the frame of the revolving
door, see dimensions.
Connections are made on the right side of the unit
(seen from inside the building).
Water heated units can be delivered with pre-mounted
valves kit VKRD (accessory) and frost protection AFTRD
(accessory). Flexible hose (DN25, 1" inside thread) is
available as accessory for easy connection to the pipe
system.
Valves kit VKRD
Thermozone RD
Dimensions – mounting without beam
X
Top view
L
W
Y
R
Side view
70
Z + 265
Z + 240
Z
H
115
220
270
125
Min. 800
520
Thermozone RD
Dimensions – mounting with beam
Top view
X
L
W
Y
R
Side view
70
Z + 265
Z + 240
Z
H
115
220
270
125
Min. 800
520
Thermozone RD
Control kits
Electrical  3
Water  2
Level 2
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is rotating the fan runs on high speed,
when the door is switched off the fan will continue to
run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When
the door is switched off the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched
off. Note: For door contact function the MDC shall be
connected to a volt-free change-over contact in the
door automation, which gives a closed contact when the
revolving door is turned on. See wiring diagrams. This
function can be supplied by most door manufacturers
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is switched off. When the
door is switched on, the thermostat will activate below
23 °C and normally the heat is switched on.
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is rotating the fan runs on high speed,
when the door is switched off the fan will continue to
run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When
the door is switched off the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched
off. Note: For door contact function the MDC shall be
connected to a volt-free change-over contact in the
door automation, which gives a closed contact when the
revolving door is turned on. See wiring diagrams. This
function can be supplied by most door manufacturers
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is switched off. When the
door is switched on, the thermostat will activate below
23 °C and normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit:CK02E
Control kit CK02W:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- CB30N, control box, controls the air flow in 3 steps
- MDC, door contact with time delay
- RTI2, electronic 2-step thermostat
Note! A three-way motor valve with actuator and
by-pass valve, VKRD, can be integrated in the unit
(accessory) for a complete control kit.
- RTI2, electronic 2-step thermosta
- MDC, door contact with time delay
Accessories
AFTRD, frost protection thermostat
Built-in frost protection thermostat. The thermostat
opens for full water flow when there is a freeze risk (at
a preset temperature, manufactured setting: +5 °C). To
reset, the temperature must be 1,5 °C over the preset
temperature.
FH1025, flexible hose
Flexible hose (DN25, 1" inside thread) is available as
accessory for easy connection to the pipe system.
VKRD, valve kit
Three-way motor valve with actuator and bypass valve
can be integrated in the unit.
Thermozone RD
Output charts water
RD WL
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
RD18WL
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Fan
Airflow
Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
Output
Outgoing air
position
[m3/h]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
max
1800
15,7
41
0,19
14,2
43
0,17
Water flow
RD27WL
max
2400
18,7
38
0,23
16,9
40
0,21
RD36WL
max
3500
28,9
40
0,35
26,1
42
0,32
RD54WL
max
5100
42,1
40
0,51
38,1
42
0,47
RD63WL
max
6000
51,3
40
0,63
46,5
43
0,57
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Fan
Airflow
Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
position
[m3/h]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
RD18WL
max
1800
11,6
34
0,28
10,1
37
0,24
RD27WL
max
2400
13,8
32
0,34
12,0
35
0,29
RD36WL
max
3500
21,4
33
0,52
18,6
36
0,45
RD54WL
max
5100
31,1
33
0,75
27,0
36
0,66
RD63WL
max
6000
37,7
34
0,91
32,9
36
0,80
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
RD18WL
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Fan
Airflow
Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
Output
Outgoing air
position
[m3/h]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
max
1800
9,4
31
0,11
7,8
33
0,09
Water flow
RD27WL
max
2400
11,2
29
0,14
9,4
32
0,11
RD36WL
max
3500
17,3
30
0,21
14,5
32
0,18
RD54WL
max
5100
25,6
30
0,31
21,4
33
0,26
RD63WL
max
6000
31,0
30
0,38
26,1
33
0,32
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
RD18WL
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Fan
Airflow
Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
Output
Outgoing air
position
[m3/h]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
max
1800
6,9
26
0,06
3,8
26
0,03
Water flow
RD27WL
max
2400
8,2
25
0,07
5,8
27
0,05
RD36WL
max
3500
12,9
26
0,10
9,6
28
0,08
RD54WL
max
5100
19,3
26
0,16
14,9
29
0,12
RD63WL
max
6000
23,4
27
0,19
18,0
29
0,14
Thermozone RD
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over RD WL water coil
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Water presssure drop over controls and valves
0,1
Water flow [m3/h]
10
1,0
0,7
10
0,1
VR
20
TV
V2
VR 0
25
TV
/V
V2
KR
5
D
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
70
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
The pressure drop is calculated for an average temperature of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water temperatures, the pressure drop is multiplied by the factor K.
Average temp. water °C
40
50
60
70
80
90
K
1,10
1,06
1,03
1,00
0,97
0,93
Thermozone RD
Wiring diagrams RD E
Electrical control options
Level 2
CK02E
CB32N,
control box
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
RTI2, electronic
2-step thermostat
Thermozone RD
Wiring diagrams RD WL
Water control options
Level 2
NB! If AFTRD is not used place a bridge between L and 1 in RTI2.
Integrated valves VKRD (accessory)
CK02W
CB30N,
control box
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
RTI2, electronic
2-step thermostat
BPV10
SD20
TRV25
AFTRD, frost protection
thermostat
Thermozone SF
Length: 2,2 metres
Electrical heat 6-30 kW
R
Water heat
Thermozone® SF
Air curtains for vertical mounting in revolving doors
Thermozone SF is an ideal solution for any environment
with revolving doors. The air curtain is mounted
vertically and its curved design integrates neatly with
the door. Thermozone SF efficiently protects the
exposed area just above the floor.
The revolving door is a very efficient solution in
buildings where the wind stress and pressure difference
over the entrance is high. Although the revolving door
prevents the stream of cold air entering the building it
brings cold air in with every turn.
Thermozone SF prevents the cold air from leaving the
revolving doors, providing good heating comfort and the
opportunity to make use of the floor space close to the
opening.
The air curtain can also contribute to heating the
entrance.
• Thermozone SF represents an overall solution for
revolving doors.
• Curved design that integrates neatly with the door.
• Highest output in the exposed area just above the
floor.
• A specially designed inlet grille protects the heating
coil and makes a dust filter superfluous.
• Standard length 2200 mm. Extension possible up to
3900 mm (extension without fans).
• To make the installation quicker and more compact,
valves can be integrated in the unit (accessory).
• Easy connection of water heated units with flexible
hoses (accessory).
• Corrosion proof housing made of zinc-plated
steel panels. Two-pack coating (any RAL colour)
is standard. Powder coating (any RAL colour) or
stainless steel are optional.
2008-03-17
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone SF
Technical specifications | Thermozone SF E with electrical heat  3
Type
Output
steps
[kW]
Airflow
Sound level*1
[m3/h]
[dB(A)]
SF18E09
0/6/9
1800
55
SF24E12
0/8/12
2400
SF36E18
0/12/18
SF54E30
0/20/30
Technical specifications | ∆t*2
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(heat)
Height
[°C]
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(control)
[mm]
[kg]
15
230V~/2,52A
400V3~/17,5A
2200*3
110
56
15
230V~/3,36A
400V3~/17,5A
2200*3
116
3600
57
15
230V~/4,48A
400V3~/26A
2200*3
122
5400
57
17
230V~/6,72A
400V3~/43,5A
2200*3
110
Weight
Thermozone SF WL with water heat  2
Output*4
Airflow
Sound level*1
Water volume
∆t*2
Voltage
Amperage
Height
[kW]
[m3/h]
[dB(A)]
[l]
[°C]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
SF18WL
18
1800
55
2,43
30
230V~
2,52
2200*3
110
SF24WL
24
2400
56
2,89
29
230V~
3,36
2200*3
116
SF36WL
38
3600
57
4,26
31
230V~
4,48
2200*3
122
SF54WL
49
5400
57
4,26
27
230V~
6,72
2200*3
110
Type
Weight
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at max heat output and highest airflow.
*3) Extension possible up to 3900 mm (extension without fans).
*4) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature 15 °C.
Protection class Thermozone SF: (IP20), normal design.
CE-compliant.
Ordering
Select air curtain
To select which air curtain to order, multiply the width
with the height of the opening of the revolving door, to
get the surface of the opening. To create comfort in the
entrance area between 3,5 and 5 kW heating per square
meter of opening, depending on the lowest outdoor
temperature, is needed.
Order key
Type - Connections position - Total height - Finish / Material
Example: SF24E12 - 1 - 2800 mm - POWDER RAL7035
Type
See Technical specifications
Connections position
From below (1) or above (2), see fig. 1.
Total height
Extension possible up to 3900 mm.
Extension without fans. Units higher than
3000 mm are delivered in two pieces. Min.
height 2200 mm.
Finish / Material
Coating or stainless steel, see table.
Connections position
2
Finish / Material selection
Two-pack coating (standard)
State RAL code
Powder coating RAL
State “POWDER” followed by
RAL code
Powder coating NCS
1
State “POWDER” followed by
NCS code
Stainless steel, brushed grain 240
Stainless steel, polished bright
annealed
Stainless steel, mirror polished
State B240
State P
State M
Fig. 1 From below (1) or above (2), inside connection
Thermozone SF
50
H
Dimensions
560
210
100
245
281
560
Mounting and installation
The floor-standing SF unit is mounted on adjustable
feet that make it possible to compensate for possible
irregularities in the floor. The feet are bolted to the floor
and covered by a covering edge. SF is mounted to the
left of the door seen from inside the building and should
also be secured to the door.
Water heated units can be delivered with pre-mounted
valves VKSF (accessory). Flexible hoses (1" inside
thread) in different lengths are available as accessory
for easy connection to the pipe system.
Thermozone SF
Control kits
Electrical  3
Water  2
Level 2
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is rotating the fan runs on high speed,
when the door is switched off the fan will continue to
run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When
the door is switched off the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched off.
Note: For door contact function the MDC shall be
connected to a volt-free change-over contact in the
door automation, which gives a closed contact when the
revolving door is turned on. See wiring diagrams. This
function can be supplied by most door manufacturers.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is switched off. When the
door is switched on, the thermostat will activate below
23 °C and normally the heat is switched on.
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is rotating the fan runs on high speed,
when the door is switched off the fan will continue to
run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When
the door is switched off the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched off.
Note: For door contact function the MDC shall be
connected to a volt-free change-over contact in the
door automation, which gives a closed contact when the
revolving door is turned on. See wiring diagrams. This
function can be supplied by most door manufacturers.
The room thermostat controls the heat output on/off.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is switched off. When the
door is switched on, the thermostat will activate below
23 °C and normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit:CK02E
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- MDC, door contact with time delay
- RTI2, electronic 2-step thermosta
Control kit CK02W:
- CB30N, control box, controls the air flow in 3 steps
- MDC, door contact with time delay
- RTI2, electronic 2-step thermostat
Note! A three-way motor valve with actuator and
by-pass valve, VKSF, can be integrated in the unit
(accessory) for a complete control kit.
Thermozone SF
Output charts water
SF WL
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
SF18WL
SF24WL
SF36WL
SF54WL
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Fan
Airflow Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
position
[m3/h]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
max
1800
18,0
45
0,22
16,4
47
0,20
min
900
11,0
51
0,13
10,0
53
0,12
max
2400
23,5
44
0,29
21,3
46
0,26
min
1200
14,4
51
0,18
13,1
52
0,16
max
3600
37,9
46
0,46
34,3
48
0,42
min
1800
23,0
53
0,28
20,9
55
0,26
max
5400
49,2
42
0,60
44,5
45
0,54
min
2700
30,9
49
0,38
28,0
51
0,34
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Fan
Airflow Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
Output
Outgoing air
position
[m3/h]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
SF18WL
max
1800
13,3
37
0,32
11,6
39
0,28
min
900
8,0
42
0,19
7,0
43
0,17
SF24WL
max
2400
17,3
36
0,42
15,1
39
0,37
min
1200
10,6
41
0,26
9,2
43
0,22
max
3600
27,7
38
0,67
24,2
40
0,59
min
1800
16,9
43
0,41
14,8
44
0,36
max
5400
36,4
35
0,88
31,7
38
0,77
min
2700
22,7
40
0,55
19,8
42
0,48
SF36WL
SF54WL
Water flow
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
SF18WL
SF24WL
SF36WL
SF54WL
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Fan
Airflow Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
position
[m3/h]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
max
1800
10,9
33
0,13
9,2
35
0,11
min
900
6,8
37
0,08
5,7
39
0,07
max
2400
14,3
33
0,17
12,0
35
0,14
min
1200
8,9
37
0,11
7,5
39
0,09
max
3600
22,8
34
0,28
19,1
36
0,23
min
1800
14,0
38
0,17
11,9
40
0,14
max
5400
29,5
31
0,36
24,8
34
0,30
min
2700
18,8
36
0,23
15,8
37
0,19
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
SF18WL
SF24WL
SF36WL
SF54WL
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Fan
Airflow Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
Output
Outgoing air
Water flow
position
[m3/h]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
[kW]
temp. [°C]
[l/s]
max
1800
8,2
29
0,07
6,1
30
0,05
min
900
4,5
30
0,04
2,7
29
0,02
max
2400
10,8
28
0,09
8,4
30
0,07
min
1200
6,8
32
0,06
4,6
32
0,04
max
3600
17,0
29
0,14
12,7
30
0,10
min
1800
9,3
30
0,08
5,1
29
0,04
max
5400
21,9
27
0,18
16,7
29
0,13
min
2700
14,2
31
0,11
8,1
29
0,07
Thermozone SF
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over SF WL water coil
W
36
SF
SF
18
W
L
SF
24
L/S
F5
W
L
4W
L
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Water presssure drop over controls and valves
Water flow [m3/h]
0,1
1,0
10
0,7
10
0,1
TV
VR
20
V2
VR 0
25
TV
/V
V2
KS
5
F
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
70
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
The pressure drop is calculated for an average temperature of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water temperatures, the pressure drop is multiplied by the factor K.
Average temp. water °C
40
50
60
70
80
90
K
1,10
1,06
1,03
1,00
0,97
0,93
Thermozone SF
Wiring diagrams SF E
Electrical control options
CK02E
CB32N,
control box
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
RTI2, electronic
2-step thermostat
Thermozone SF
Wiring diagrams SF WL
Water control options
CK02W
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Integrated valves VKSF (accessory)
CB30N, control
box
BPV10
SD20
TRV25
Industry
Systemair, Skinnskatteberg,
Sweden
AC600
134
– economy and working environment
Working in the vicinity of an industrial door is often
associated with a cold and draughty working environment. Frico’s high-performance air curtains significantly improve the environment. Air curtains are
also a profitable investment. The larger the door, the
greater the energy losses and the higher the financial saving from an air curtain. We have now added
a few more powerful units to our range.
Stylish tough guys
AD400, AG4000, AG4500 and AG5000 are powerful
units intended for horizontal mounting above industrial
doors of various sizes. Their neat and simple design also
makes them suitable for shop doorways.
Power packs
AC600 and AGI are Frico’s muscular power packs.
AC600 blows from below and offers almost 100 percent
protection against cold draughts. AGI is a new unit
which does not require any intervention in the floor.
For vertical or horizontal mounting.
Industry
Tight fit?
AGV4000 and AGI are two new models intended for
vertical mounting alongside industrial doors. AGV4000
is suitable for smaller openings, and AGI for larger openings. Installation on edge is particularly effective and
makes the unit suitable for exposed environments.
The neat and simple design of AGV4000 also makes
it suitable for shop doorways.
135
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Lengths: 1, 1,5 and 2 metres
Ambient, no heat
R
Electrical heat 13,5-27 kW
Water heat
Thermozone® AD 400 A/E/W
Air curtains for doorways with height of up to 4 metres
AD400 is an air curtain with a modern design intended
for permanent installation above doorways with heights
up to 4 metres.
By separating zones of different temperature with a
jet of air, the AD400 effectively prevents cold draught in
open doorways and provides good heating comfort and
the opportunity to make use of the floor space close to
the opening. AD400 can also be used for heating and
drying at the opening.
Significantly reduced energy loss gives large savings.
An adjustable air blower grille makes it possible to
direct the air for an optimal air curtain effect.
With AD400A without heat it is possible to
significantly reduce energy losses through openings
to refrigerated rooms, or openings to air conditioned
rooms.
AD400 can be built into false ceilings. In wide
doorways it is possible to mount several units beside
each other and control them with a single thermostat
and control panel. The three different product lengths
make it possible to cover openings of different widths.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plated and
powder enamelled steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Adjustable c/c distance between mounting brackets.
• Easy to mount.
• Compact and easily positioned.
• The front panel is easy to remove, which facilitates
installation and maintenance.
• Optimized airflow with Thermozone technology.
Air velocity profile
2008-03-17
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Technical specifications | Thermozone AD 400 A without heat 1
Type
Output
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
AD410A
0
1700/2500
48/63
230V~
1,6
1025
24
AD415A
0
1800/4200
35/64
230V~
2,9
1565
34
AD420A
0
2600/5000
50/65
230V~
4,2
2028
44
Technical specifications | Thermozone AD 400 E with electrical heat 3
Type
Output
steps
[kW]
Airflow
∆t*2
[m3/h]
AD410E14
0/9/13,5
1700/2500
AD415E20
0/13,5/20
AD420E27
0/18/27
Technical specifications | Type
AD410W2
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(control/motor)
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(heat)
Length
Weight
[°C]
Sound
level*1
[dB(A)]
[mm]
[kg]
23/16
48/63
230V~/1,6A
400V3~/19,5A
1025
28
1800/4200
33/14
35/64
230V~/2,9A
400V3~/28,9A
1565
41
2600/5000
31/16
50/65
230V~/4,2A
400V3~/39,0A*3
2028
54
Thermozone AD 400W with water heat, 2-row coil 2
∆t*2,4
Output*4
Airflow
[kW]
[m3/h]
19
1550/2450
Sound
level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
27/23
1,5
50/63
230V~
1,9
1025
30
Amperage
Length
Weight
AD415W2
33
1700/4100
33/23
2,2
40/64
230V~
2,6
1565
42
AD420W2
43
2600/5000
32/25
2,7
55/65
230V~
4,2
2028
56
Amperage
Length
Weight
Technical specifications | Thermozone AD 400W with water heat, 3-row coil 2
Type
Output*4
[kW]
[m3/h]
AD410W3
25
1400/2300
Airflow
∆t*2,4
Sound
level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
38/32
2,1
53/62
230V~
1,9
1025
32
AD415W3
43
1600/3800
44/33
3,2
39/63
230V~
2,6
1565
45
AD420W3
56
2400/4800
43/34
4,1
55/65
230V~
4,2
2028
60
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*3) Power supply 2x13,5 kW (2x19,5 A), separate feedings.
*4) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature +15 °C.
Protection class AD400A/E/W: (IP20)
Approved by SEMKO and CE compliant.
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Dimensions
Ambient / Electrical
40
1025 / 1565 / 2028
340
285
AD400A/E
490
AD410/415A/E
AD410 / 415
500-900 (AD410) 700-1400 (AD415)
Ø7
90
Ø14
90
Ø38 (x2)
Ø23 (x4)
To open
80
124
AD420A/E
AD420
1400-1900
Ø38 (x2)
Ø23 (x4)
Ø38 (x2)
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Dimensions
Water
Connection DN20 (3/4”)
Outside thread
To open
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
Thermozone AD400 can be permanently mounted on
the wall or on the ceiling using threaded drop rods and
a suspension kit, see next page. The air curtain can also
be built into false ceilings, see Fig. 2. The unit can only
be mounted horizontally, with the air outlet pointing
downwards. Minimum distance from outlet to flammable
material is 50 mm.
The distance between the mounting brackets is
adjustable, which simplifies mounting. Brackets suitable
for each unit are included on delivery. The 2 metre
units should be fitted using three fixing points.
For maximum performance the units should cover
the whole width of the opening and be fitted as close to
the opening as possible. Several units can be mounted
next to each other to form a continuous air curtain.
The units should then be positioned as close together as
possible.
Min 120
524
Connection AD 400E 3
The appliance should be preceded by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. The connection
should be made through Ø29 mm knock outs on the top
of the unit. For connection to the supply terminal block,
a cable of maximum 16 mm² is used. For connection to
the control terminal block, a cable of maximum 4 mm²
is used.
For units with electrical heat, power and control should
normally be supplied separately. For AD420E heating
elements are divided and powered by two separate
supplies. See wiring diagrams and dimension drawings.
Min 50mm
Connection AD 400W 2
The control cable is connected via a knock out on
the top to the right (seen from inside the building).
Connections (DN20 (3/4”), outside thread) to the water
heating coil are located on the top of the unit to the left
(seen from inside the building). See wiring diagrams and
dimension drawings.
Fig. 1: Minimum distance
See over page for control kits and the chapter on
Controls and accessories for further information.
Inlet air grille 22003/22004
Min 600mm
Space for service/inspection hatch
Fig. 2: False ceiling mounting
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Mounting with suspension kit (extra)
ADPK1
2x
1m
ADPF1
Threaded bars and M8 nuts are not
included on delivery
4x
161
113
Ø9
36
40
40
9
7
20
30
175
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Control kits
Ambient 1
Electric 3
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually.
Complete control kit:
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output in 2 steps.
Control kit CK01E:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
Level 2
Desired airflow is set manually and the unit starts
automatically, according to the setting, when the door
opens. When the door closes the fan will continue to
run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC.
Complete control kit:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 stages
- MDC, door contact with time relay
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runs on low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
Optional control kit level 3:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor, built
in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAIB, control board, for internal mounting
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
See also chapter on Controls and accessories or contact Frico for more options.
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Water 2
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output via actuator/valve.
Control kit CK01W:
- CB30N, control box , controls the airflow in 3 steps
- T10, room thermostat IP30
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runs on low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02W:
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Optional control kit level 3:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor, built
in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIB, control board, for internal mounting
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a
complete control kit.
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
See also chapter on Controls and accessories or contact Frico for more options.
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Output charts water
AD400W 2-row coil
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD410W2
AD415W2
AD420W2
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
2450
23,2
43
0,27
21,3
45
0,25
min
1550
17,8
48
0,21
16,3
51
0,19
max
4100
40,0
43
0,47
36,8
46
0,43
min
1700
23,3
55
0,27
21,5
57
0,25
max
5000
51,4
45
0,61
47,3
47
0,56
min
2600
34,5
54
0,41
31,7
56
0,37
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD410W2
AD415W2
AD420W2
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
2450
19,2
38
0,22
17,2
40
0,20
min
1550
14,7
42
0,17
13,2
45
0,15
max
4100
33,3
38
0,39
30,1
41
0,35
min
1700
19,5
48
0,23
17,7
50
0,21
max
5000
43,1
40
0,51
38,9
42
0,46
min
2600
28,9
47
0,34
26,2
49
0,31
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD410W2
AD415W2
AD420W2
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
2450
14,2
32
0,34
12,3
34
0,29
min
1550
10,8
35
0,25
9,4
37
0,22
max
4100
24,5
32
0,58
21,3
35
0,50
min
1700
14,3
39
0,34
12,4
41
0,29
max
5000
31,5
33
0,75
27,4
36
0,65
min
2600
21,1
38
0,50
18,4
40
0,43
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD410W2
AD415W2
AD420W2
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
2450
11,0
28
0,13
9,0
30
0,10
min
1550
8,5
31
0,10
7,0
33
0,08
max
4100
19,7
29
0,23
16,4
31
0,19
min
1700
11,8
35
0,14
9,9
37
0,11
max
5000
25,9
30
0,30
21,7
32
0,25
min
2600
17,6
35
0,21
14,8
36
0,17
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Output charts water
AD400W 3-row coil
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD410W3
AD415W3
AD420W3
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
2300
30,7
54
0,36
28,2
56
0,33
min
1400
22,0
61
0,26
20,3
62
0,24
max
3800
51,8
55
0,61
47,7
57
0,57
min
1600
28,6
67
0,34
26,4
68
0,31
max
4800
67,3
56
0,80
62,1
58
0,74
min
2400
41,8
66
0,50
38,7
67
0,46
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD410W3
AD415W3
AD420W3
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
2300
25,6
47
0,30
23,1
49
0,27
min
1400
18,5
53
0,22
16,7
55
0,19
max
3800
43,5
48
0,51
39,3
50
0,47
min
1600
24,1
59
0,28
22,0
60
0,26
max
4800
56,7
49
0,67
51,4
51
0,61
min
2400
35,4
58
0,42
32,2
59
0,38
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD410W3
AD415W3
AD420W3
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
2300
18,7
39
0,44
16,3
40
0,39
min
1400
13,4
43
0,32
11,7
44
0,28
max
3800
31,7
39
0,75
27,6
41
0,66
min
1600
17,4
47
0,41
15,2
48
0,36
max
4800
41,2
40
0,98
36,0
42
0,86
min
2400
25,5
46
0,61
22,3
47
0,53
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AD410W3
AD415W3
AD420W3
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
2300
15,3
34
0,18
12,8
36
0,15
min
1400
11,2
38
0,13
9,4
39
0,11
max
3800
26,6
35
0,31
22,4
37
0,26
min
1600
15,1
42
0,18
12,8
43
0,15
max
4800
35,1
36
0,41
29,7
38
0,35
min
2400
22,2
42
0,26
19,0
43
0,22
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over AD400W2/W3 water coil
Pressure drop [bar]
Pressure drop [kPa]
Water flow [m3/h]
70
Water flow [l/s]
Pressure drop [bar]
Pressure drop [kPa]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Water pressure drop over regulations and valves
Water flow [l/s]
10
0,7
10
0,1
TV
V2
VR 0
25
TV
V2
5
20
70
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [m3/h]
Pressure drop [bar]
1,0
VR
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,1
The pressure drop is
calculated for an average
temperature of 70 °C (PVV
80/60).
For other water
temperatures, the pressure
drop is multiplied by the
factor K.
Average
temp.
water °C
K
40
1,10
50
1,06
60
1,03
70
1,00
80
0,97
90
0,93
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AD 400 A
Ambient control options
Ambient - Level 1
CB30N,
control box
Ambient - Level 2
CB30N,
control box
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AD 400 E
Electrical control options
Electrical - Level 1
CK01E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Electrical - Level 2
CK02E
DC
DC
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
RTI2
MDC
CB32N
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Electrical - Level 3
CK03
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
ADEAIB, internal control
board for AD300/400
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AD 400 W
Water control options
Water - Level 1
CK01W
CB30N,
control box
T10,
room thermostat
TVV20/25 two
way valve
SD20,
actuator
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Water - Level 2
CK02W
CB30N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time delay
TVV20/25, 2-way valve
SD20,
actuator
Thermozone AD 400 A/E/W
Water - Level 3
CK03
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
ADEAIB, internal control
board for AD300/400
SD20,
actuator
TVV20/25
2-way regulation valve
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Without heat
Lengths: 1, 1,5, 2 and 2,5 metres
R
Water heat
Thermozone® AG 4500/5000 A/W
Air curtains for doorways with heights of up to 5 metres
AG4500/5000 is a product series for larger entrances
and doors. With a clean, stylish and simple design it is
ideal for both shop entrances and industrial doors.
AG4500/5000 creates an air barrier that effectively
prevents cold draughts and provides a comfortable
environment inside the door that allows you to utilise
the floor space in front of the entrance. Major savings
are made by the elimination of energy losses through
openings. In addition to preventing cold draughts,
the AG4500/5000 prevents odours, exhaust gases and
insects from penetrating the opening.
AG4500/5000 with heat contributes to heating the
building and can also be used for drying in front of the
door where a lot of snow and water enters.
An AG4500/5000 without heat allows you to drastically
reduce energy losses through openings to cold rooms or
air conditioned areas.
In wide doorways, several units can be mounted next
to each other and regulated with a single thermostat
and control panel. The four different lengths make it
possible to cover openings of different widths.
• Timeless and stylish design with concealed screws and
rivets.
• Corrosion proof welded housing made of zinc-plated
steel panels. Painted with two-pack coating.
Colour: RAL 9016.
• Sound reduced construction.
• Simple suspension using fixed nuts on the top for
mounting with threaded rod.
• Air intake grille that can be opened making access to
the heater coil simple.
• The design of the intake air grille makes separate dust
filters superfluous.
• An adjustable air blower grille allows you to direct the
airflow for an optimal air curtain effect.
Air velocity profile
4,5 m
4,1 m/s
3,9 m/s
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
2008-03-17
5,0 m
2,9 m/s
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Technical specifications | Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A without heat 1
Type
Output
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
AG4515A
0
2650/5300
48/67
230V~
5,6
1500
72
AG4520A
0
3800/7600
50/69
230V~
8,4
2000
104
AG4525A
0
5100/10200
52/71
230V~
11,2
2500
129
AG5010A
0
2350/4700
48/67
230V~
5,2
1000
60
AG5015A
0
3550/7100
50/69
230V~
8,1
1500
84
AG5020A
0
4650/9300
51/70
230V~
10,6
2000
129
AG5025A
0
5800/11600
52/71
230V~
13,5
2500
141
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Technical specifications | Thermozone AG 4500/5000 WL with water heat, coil for low tempered water <80/60 °C  2
∆t*1,2
Type
Output*
[kW]
[m3/h]
AG4515WL
44
2400/4800
AG4520WL
71
AG4525WL
Sound level*3 Voltage
Amperage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[dB(A)]
[V]
35/28
4,0
48/67
230V~
3500/7000
37/31
8,1
50/69
92
4700/9400
36/29
9,2
AG5010WL
43
2100/4200
38/31
AG5015WL
54
3250/6500
AG5020WL
81
AG5025WL
100
1
Airflow
Length
Weight
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
5,2
1500
95
230V~
7,8
2000
132
51/70
230V~
10,4
2500
160
3,8
48/67
230V~
4,8
1000
77
32/25
4,0
50/69
230V~
7,5
1500
107
4250/8500
36/29
8,1
51/70
230V~
9,9
2000
157
5300/10600
35/28
9,2
52/71
230V~
12,5
2500
172
Technical specifications Type
| Thermozone AG 4500/5000 WH with water heat, coil for high tempered water ≥80/60 °C  2
Output*1 Airflow
∆t*1,2
[kW]
[m3/h]
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
Sound level*3 Voltage
Amperage
[dB(A)]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
AG4515WH
32
2400/4800
26/20
3,8
48/67
230V~
5,2
1500
95
AG4520WH
53
3500/7000
29/23
4,9
50/69
230V~
7,8
2000
132
AG4525WH
70
4700/9400
29/22
6,4
51/70
230V~
10,4
2500
160
AG5010WH
33
2100/4200
30/23
2,7
48/67
230V~
4,8
1000
77
AG5015WH
38
3250/6500
23/18
3,8
50/69
230V~
7,5
1500
107
AG5020WH
59
4250/8500
27/21
4,9
51/70
230V~
9,9
2000
157
AG5025WH
75
5300/10600
28/21
6,4
52/71
230V~
12,5
2500
172
*1) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature +15 °C.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*3) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Protection class AG4500/5000A/W: (IP23).
CE compliant.
Length
Weight
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Dimensions
750
20
450
L
110
L/2
M10
35
40
Connection dimensions,
inside thread
40
Ø
3/4” 1”
1 1/4”
DN20 DN25 DN32
AG4515WL
X
500
AG4520WL
X
770
AG4525WL
X
AG5010WL
X
AG5015WL
X
AG5020WL
X
AG5025WL
X
AG4515WH X
AG4520WH
X
AG4525WH
AG5010WH
X
X
AG5015WH X
AG5020WH
AG5025WH
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
AG4500/5000 is fitted with fixed nuts (M8) at four
points (six points for the 2-metre and 2,5-metre
models), on the top for suspension using a threaded rod.
Mounting bracket GWB640 (extra)
640
20
38
18
11
40
60
19
2
120
Ø11
40
5
40
40
11
X
X
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Control kits
Ambient 1
Level 1
Airflow is regulated manually.
Complete control kit:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
Level 2
Desired airflow is set manually and the unit starts
automatically, according to the setting, when the door
opens. When the door closes the fan will continue to
run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC.
Complete control kit:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
- MDC, door contact with time delay
Water 2
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output via actuator/valve on/off.
Control kit CK01W:
- CB30N, control box , controls the airflow in 3 steps
- T10, room thermostat IP30
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.)
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature. When the door is open the fan runs on
high speed, when the door closes the fan will continue
to run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on the MDC.
When the door is closed the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output on/off.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Control kit CK02W:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03GD:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor, builtin room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
- ADEAGD1, additional electric board
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Output charts water
AG4500/5000WL
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AG4515WL
AG4520WL
AG4525WL
AG5010WL
AG5015WL
AG5020WL
AG5025WL
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
4800
44,8
43
0,55
40,5
45
0,49
min
2400
27,9
50
0,34
25,3
51
0,31
max
7000
71,9
46
0,88
64,8
48
0,79
min
3500
43,9
52
0,54
39,8
54
0,49
max
9400
92,6
44
1,13
84,0
46
1,03
min
4700
57,2
51
0,70
51,9
53
0,63
max
4200
43,3
46
0,53
39,0
48
0,48
min
2100
26,6
53
0,33
24,1
54
0,29
max
6500
54,1
40
0,66
48,8
42
0,60
min
3250
34,7
47
0,43
31,4
49
0,38
max
8500
81,5
44
0,99
73,8
46
0,90
min
4250
50,5
50
0,62
45,8
52
0,56
max
10600
100,3
43
1,23
90,5
45
1,11
min
5300
62,4
50
0,76
56,6
52
0,69
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AG4515WL
AG4520WL
AG4525WL
AG5010WL
AG5015WL
AG5020WL
AG5025WL
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
4800
33,3
36
0,81
28,9
38
0,70
min
2400
20,7
41
0,50
17,9
42
0,43
max
7000
52,7
37
1,28
45,9
40
1,11
min
3500
32,2
42
0,78
28,1
44
0,68
max
9400
68,2
37
1,66
59,6
39
1,44
min
4700
41,9
42
1,02
36,6
43
0,89
max
4200
31,8
38
0,77
27,9
40
0,68
min
2100
19,6
43
0,48
17,1
44
0,41
max
6500
40,2
33
0,98
35,0
36
0,85
min
3250
25,5
38
0,62
22,1
40
0,54
max
8500
59,8
36
1,45
52,2
38
1,27
min
4250
37,0
41
0,90
32,3
43
0,78
max
10600
73,6
36
1,79
64,2
38
1,56
min
5300
45,7
41
1,11
39,9
42
0,97
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Output charts water
AG4500/5000WL
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AG4515WL
AG4520WL
AG4525WL
AG5010WL
AG5015WL
AG5020WL
AG5025WL
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
4800
26,4
31
0,32
21,9
34
0,27
min
2400
16,7
36
0,20
14,0
37
0,17
max
7000
43,3
33
0,53
36,4
36
0,44
min
3500
26,8
38
0,33
22,7
39
0,28
max
9400
56,2
33
0,68
47,4
35
0,57
min
4700
35,2
37
0,43
29,8
39
0,36
max
4200
25,6
33
0,31
21,3
35
0,26
min
2100
16,0
38
0,19
13,5
39
0,16
max
6500
31,7
30
0,38
26,4
32
0,32
min
3250
20,5
34
0,25
17,2
36
0,21
max
8500
49,2
32
0,59
41,1
34
0,50
min
4250
30,9
37
0,37
26,0
38
0,31
max
10600
60,8
32
0,74
50,9
34
0,62
min
5300
38,3
37
0,46
32,3
38
0,39
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AG4515WL
AG4520WL
AG4525WL
AG5010WL
AG5015WL
AG5020WL
AG5025WL
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
4800
18,9
27
0,15
6,4
24
0,05
min
2400
6,9
24
0,06
5,2
27
0,04
max
7000
32,6
29
0,26
25,0
31
0,20
min
3500
20,6
33
0,17
13,2
31
0,11
max
9400
32,6
29
0,26
32,8
30
0,26
min
4700
20,6
33
0,17
21,0
33
0,17
max
4200
18,5
28
0,15
13,9
30
0,11
min
2100
10,9
30
0,09
5,5
28
0,04
max
6500
22,5
25
0,18
16,2
27
0,13
min
3250
12,6
27
0,10
5,8
25
0,05
max
8500
36,8
28
0,30
28,2
30
0,23
min
4250
23,6
32
0,19
17,1
32
0,14
max
10600
36,8
28
0,30
35,3
30
0,28
min
5300
23,6
32
0,19
22,8
33
0,18
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Output charts water
AG4500/5000WH
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 130/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AG4515WH
AG4520WH
AG4525WH
AG5010WH
AG5015WH
AG5020WH
AG5025WH
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
4800
46,6
44
0,19
43,5
47
0,18
min
2400
30,6
53
0,13
28,6
55
0,12
max
7000
76,3
47
0,32
71,1
50
0,29
min
3500
49,8
57
0,21
46,4
59
0,19
max
9400
100,2
47
0,41
93,3
50
0,39
min
4700
65,6
57
0,27
61,2
59
0,25
max
4200
46,4
48
0,19
43,1
51
0,18
min
2100
30,5
58
0,13
28,3
60
0,12
max
6500
55,3
40
0,23
51,6
44
0,21
min
3250
37,0
49
0,15
34,5
52
0,14
max
8500
85,5
45
0,35
79,6
48
0,33
min
4250
56,5
55
0,23
52,7
57
0,22
max
10600
107,5
45
0,44
100,1
48
0,41
min
5300
70,9
55
0,29
66,1
57
0,27
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 110/80 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AG4515WH
AG4520WH
AG4525WH
AG5010WH
AG5015WH
AG5020WH
AG5025WH
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
4800
47,3
44
0,39
44,2
47
0,36
min
2400
30,8
53
0,25
28,8
56
0,24
max
7000
78,3
48
0,64
73,2
51
0,60
min
3500
50,5
58
0,42
47,2
60
0,39
max
9400
103,1
48
0,85
96,4
51
0,79
min
4700
66,7
57
0,55
62,4
59
0,51
max
4200
48,7
49
0,40
45,4
52
0,38
min
2100
31,4
60
0,26
29,4
62
0,24
max
6500
56,2
41
0,46
52,6
44
0,43
min
3250
37,3
49
0,31
34,9
52
0,29
max
8500
87,6
46
0,72
81,8
49
0,68
min
4250
57,3
55
0,47
53,6
57
0,44
max
10600
110,4
46
0,91
103,1
49
0,85
min
5300
72,0
55
0,59
67,3
58
0,56
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Output charts water
AG4500/5000WH
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AG4515WH
AG4520WH
AG4525WH
AG5010WH
AG5015WH
AG5020WH
AG5025WH
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
4800
38,7
39
0,48
35,6
42
0,44
min
2400
25,1
46
0,31
23,2
49
0,28
max
7000
64,1
42
0,79
59,0
45
0,73
min
3500
41,2
50
0,51
38,0
52
0,47
max
9400
84,5
42
1,04
77,7
45
0,96
min
4700
54,5
50
0,67
50,2
52
0,62
max
4200
40,0
43
0,49
36,7
46
0,45
min
2100
25,8
52
0,32
23,7
54
0,29
max
6500
46,1
36
0,57
42,4
39
0,52
min
3250
30,5
43
0,38
28,1
46
0,34
max
8500
71,8
40
0,88
66,1
43
0,81
min
4250
47,0
48
0,58
43,3
50
0,53
max
10600
90,9
41
1,12
83,2
43
1,02
min
5300
59,1
48
0,73
54,5
51
0,67
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AG4515WH
AG4520WH
AG4525WH
AG5010WH
AG5015WH
AG5020WH
AG5025WH
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
4800
32,2
35
0,39
29,2
38
0,36
min
2400
21,0
41
0,26
19,0
44
0,23
max
7000
53,3
38
0,65
48,2
41
0,59
min
3500
34,4
44
0,42
31,1
46
0,38
max
9400
70,3
37
0,86
63,2
40
0,77
min
4700
45,4
44
0,56
41,1
46
0,50
max
4200
33,1
38
0,41
29,8
41
0,36
min
2100
21,4
45
0,26
19,3
47
0,24
max
6500
38,4
33
0,47
34,7
36
0,43
min
3250
25,5
38
0,31
23,0
41
0,28
max
8500
59,7
36
0,73
53,9
39
0,66
min
4250
39,0
42
0,48
35,3
45
0,43
max
10600
75,2
36
0,92
67,9
39
0,83
min
5300
49,1
43
0,60
44,3
45
0,54
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over AG4500/AG5000 W water coil
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Pressure drop [bar]
Pressure drop [kPa]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Water presssure drop over regulations and valves
10
10
0,1
TV
V2
VR 0
25
TV
V2
5
20
0,7
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
Pressure drop [bar]
1,0
70
VR
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,1
Water flow [m3/h]
The pressure drop
is calculated for an
average temperature
of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water
temperatures, the
pressure drop is
multiplied by the
factor K.
Average
temp.
water °C
K
40
1,10
50
1,06
60
1,03
70
1,00
80
0,97
90
0,93
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Wiring diagrams AG 4500/5000 A
Ambient control options
Ambient - Level 1
CB30N,
control box
Ambient - Level 2
CB30N,
control box
MDC, magnetic
door contact with
time delay
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Wiring diagrams AG 4500/5000 W
Water control options
Water - Level 1
CK01W
CB30N,
control box
T10,
room thermostat
SD20,
actuator
TVV20/25 two
way valve
Water - Level 2
CK02W
CB30N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Thermozone AG 4500/5000 A/W
Water - Level 3
CK03GD
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
SD20,
actuator
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAGD1, additional
electric board
TVV20/25
2-way regulation valve
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Without heat
Lengths: 1,5, 2 and 2,5 metres
Electrical heat 22,5-36 kW
R
Water heat
Thermozone® AGV 4000 A/E/W
Vertical air curtain for doorways with heights of up to 5 metres
The AGV4000 is our new air curtain for floor-standing
mounting in larger entrances and doors. It is mounted
on floor consoles by the side of the opening. With a
clean, stylish and simple design it is suitable for shop
entrances as well as for smaller industrial doors.
Several units can be mounted on top of each other to
cover openings of different heights.
The AGV4000 creates an air barrier that effectively
prevents cold draughts and provides a comfortable
climate inside the door that allows you to utilise the
floor space in front of the entrance. Large savings
are made by the elimination of energy losses through
openings. An adjustable air blower grille allows you to
control the air flow to achieve an optimal air curtain
effect.
In addition to preventing cold draughts, the AGV4000
prevents odours, exhaust gases and insects from
penetrating the opening. The AGV4000 with heat
contributes to heating the building and can also be used
for drying in front of the door where a lot of snow and
water enters. An AGV4000 without heat allows you to
reduce energy losses through openings to cold rooms or
to air conditioned areas.
• Timeless and stylish design with concealed screws and
rivets.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plated and
powder coated steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Sound reduced construction.
• Mounting on accompanying floor consoles.
• The design of the intake air grilles makes separate
dust filters superfluous.
• Air intake grille that can be opened makes access to
the heater battery simple.
• An adjustable outlet grille allows you to direct the
airflow for an optimal air curtain effect.
Air velocity profile
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Technical specifications | 1
Thermozone AGV 4000 A without heat Type
Output
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Height
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
AGV4015A
0
1900/3800
48/66
230V~
4,4
1500
42
AGV4020A
0
2700/5400
50/67
230V~
6,4
2000
60
AGV4025A
0
3150/6300
51/69
230V~
7,5
2500
71
Technical specifications | 3
Thermozone AGV 4000 E with electrical heat Type
Output steps
[kW]
[m3/h]
AGV4015E
0/15/22,5
1800/3600
∆t*2
Airflow
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(control)
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(heat)
Height
[°C]
Sound
level*1
[dB(A)]
[mm]
[kg]
37/19
48/66
230V~/4,4A
400V3~/32,5A
1500
53
Weight
AGV4020E
0/20/30
2600/5200
34/17
50/67
230V~/6,4A
400V3~/43,5A
2000
76
AGV4025E
0/24/36
3050/6100
35/18
51/69
230V~/7,5A
400V3~/52A
2500
90
Technical specifications Type
| Thermozone AGV 4000 WL with water heat, heating coil for high tempered water <80/60 °C 2
Output*3
Airflow
∆t*2,3
Sound
level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
Amperage Height
Weight
[kW]
[m3/h]
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
AGV4015WL
31
1750/3500
32/26
3,2
48/66
230V~
4,3
1500
56
AGV4020WL
47
2550/5100
34/27
4,4
50/67
230V~
6,1
2000
80
AGV4025WL
52
3000/6000
32/26
5,5
51/69
230V~
7,2
2500
95
Technical specifications Type
| Thermozone AGV 4000 WH with water heat, heating coil for high tempered water ≥80/60 °C 2
Output*3
Airflow
∆t*2,3
Sound
level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
Amperage Height
Weight
[kW]
[m3/h]
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
AGV4015WH
23
1750/3500
25/19
2,2
48/66
230V~
4,3
1500
56
AGV4020WH
35
2550/5100
27/21
3,1
50/67
230V~
6,1
2000
80
AGV4025WH
41
3000/6000
26/20
3,8
51/69
230V~
7,2
2500
95
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
*3) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature +15 °C.
Protection class AGV4000 A/E/W: IP23.
CE compliant.
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Dimensions
330
260
375
35
186
32
38
460
40
20
61
68
DN20
DN20
460
100
23
23
255
100
455
255
23
50
40
L/2
L
45
70
4xØ10,5
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting
The floor-standing AGV unit is mounted on the
accompanying bracket that is bolted to the floor. Several
units can be mounted directly on top of each other
using bolts. The AGV unit should be secured to the
ceiling or wall for this type of mounting. When ordering
it must be stated whether the air curtain is to be
mounted on the left side or the right side of the opening,
seen from inside the building.
20
Connection DN20 (3/4'')
inside thread
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Control kits
Ambient 1
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually.
Complete control kit:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
Level 2
Desired airflow is set manually and the unit starts
automatically, according to the setting, when the door
opens. When the door closes the fan will continue to
run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC.
Complete control kit:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
- MDC, door contact with time delay
Electric 3
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output in 2 steps.
Control kit CK01E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature.
When the door is open the fan runs on high speed,
when the door closes the fan will continue to run for the
desired time (2s–10 min.) set on MDC. When the door
is closed the fan runson low speed if there is a need for
heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the stages 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03GD:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor,
built‑in room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
- ADEAGD1, additional electric board
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
Control kit CK02E:
- CB32N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
and heat output in 2 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
See also chapter on Controls and accessories or contact Frico for more options.
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Water 2
Level 1
Airflow is controlled manually. Room thermostat
controls the heat output via actuator/valve on/off.
Control kit CK01W:
- CB30N, control box , controls the airflow in 3 steps
- T10, room thermostat IP30
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature. When the door is open the fan runs on
high speed, when the door closes the fan will continue
to run for the desired time (2s–10 min.) set on the MDC.
When the door is closed the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output on/off.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the stages 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Level 3
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door, outdoor temperature
and the room temperature.
The system is based on an advanced microprocessing
regulator in an attractive design.
All parameters are pre-programmed for easy and
quick installation.
Control kit CK03GD:
- ADEA, regulator (complete with outdoor sensor, builtin room sensor and door contact)
- ADEAIS, indoor sensor
- ADEAEB, control board, for external mounting
- ADEAGD1, additional electric board
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
Read more about operation and usage of ADEA in
chapter on Controls and accessories.
Control kit CK02W:
- CB30N, control box, controls the airflow in 3 steps
- MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat
Note! A set of valves VR20 or VR25 or actuator+valve
SD20+TVV20 or TVV25 should be added for a complete
control kit.
See also chapter on Controls and accessories or contact Frico for more options.
Output charts water
AGV4000WL
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AGV4015WL
AGV4020WL
AGV4025WL
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
3500
30,6
41
0,37
27,7
44
0,33
min
1750
18,9
47
0,23
17,2
49
0,21
max
5100
46,8
42
0,56
42,4
45
0,51
min
2550
28,8
49
0,35
26,1
51
0,31
max
6000
51,6
41
0,62
46,5
43
0,56
min
3000
32,0
47
0,38
28,9
49
0,35
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AGV4015WL
AGV4020WL
AGV4025WL
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
3500
22,5
34
0,54
19,6
37
0,47
min
1750
13,9
39
0,33
12,1
41
0,29
max
5100
34,5
35
0,83
30,0
38
0,72
min
2550
21,2
40
0,51
18,5
42
0,44
max
6000
38,1
34
0,91
33,1
36
0,79
min
3000
23,5
38
0,56
20,5
40
0,49
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AGV4015WL
AGV4020WL
AGV4025WL
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
3500
18,6
31
0,22
15,6
33
0,19
min
1750
11,7
35
0,14
9,9
37
0,12
max
5100
28,1
31
0,34
23,6
34
0,28
min
2550
17,5
35
0,21
14,8
37
0,18
max
6000
30,6
30
0,37
25,5
33
0,31
min
3000
19,3
34
0,23
16,2
36
0,19
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AGV4015WL
AGV4020WL
AGV4025WL
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
3500
14,1
27
0,11
10,9
29
0,09
min
1750
9,0
30
0,07
7,0
32
0,06
max
5100
20,9
27
0,17
16,0
29
0,13
min
2550
13,4
31
0,11
8,8
30
0,07
max
6000
22,2
26
0,18
7,5
24
0,06
min
3000
8,0
23
0,06
6,1
26
0,05
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Output charts water
AGV4000WH
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 130/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AGV4015WH
AGV4020WH
AGV4025WH
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
3500
32,7
43
0,13
30,4
46
0,12
min
1750
21,5
52
0,09
20,0
54
0,08
max
5100
50,0
44
0,20
46,5
47
0,19
min
2550
32,8
53
0,13
30,5
56
0,12
max
6000
58,9
44
0,23
54,8
47
0,22
min
3000
38,5
53
0,15
35,8
56
0,14
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 110/80 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AGV4015WH
AGV4020WH
AGV4025WH
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
3500
33,6
44
0,27
31,4
47
0,25
min
1750
21,9
52
0,17
20,4
55
0,16
max
5100
52,1
45
0,42
48,7
48
0,39
min
2550
33,7
54
0,27
31,5
57
0,25
max
6000
60,5
45
0,48
56,5
48
0,45
min
3000
39,0
54
0,31
36,5
56
0,29
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AGV4015WH
AGV4020WH
AGV4025WH
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
3500
27,6
39
0,33
25,4
42
0,30
min
1750
17,9
45
0,21
16,5
48
0,20
max
5100
42,8
40
0,51
39,3
43
0,47
min
2550
27,6
47
0,33
25,5
50
0,30
max
6000
49,6
40
0,59
45,6
43
0,55
min
3000
32,0
47
0,38
29,4
49
0,35
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp.= +15 °C
Type
AGV4015WH
AGV4020WH
AGV4025WH
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
max
3500
22,9
34
0,27
20,6
38
0,25
min
1750
14,9
40
0,18
13,4
43
0,16
max
5100
35,4
36
0,42
32,0
39
0,38
min
2550
22,9
42
0,27
20,7
44
0,25
max
6000
41,2
35
0,49
37,2
39
0,45
min
3000
26,6
41
0,32
24,1
44
0,29
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over AGV 4000 W
Water flow [m3/h]
0,1
1,0
10
70
0,1
L
W
25
40
AG
V
40
20
W
H
AG
V
AG
V4
0
25
W
H
10
Pressure drop [bar]
AG
V4
AG 020
W
V4
L
01
5W
H
AG
V4
01
5W
L
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,7
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
Water presssure drop over regulations and valves
Water flow [m3/h]
0,1
1,0
10
0,7
10
0,1
VR
TV
V2
VR 0
25
TV
V2
5
20
Pressure drop [kPa]
Pressure drop [bar]
70
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
The pressure drop is calculated for an average temperature of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water temperatures, the pressure drop is multiplied by the factor K.
Average temp. water °C
40
50
60
70
80
90
K
1.10
1.06
1.03
1.00
0.97
0.93
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AGV 4000 A
Ambient control options
Ambient - Level 1
CB30N,
control box
Ambient - Level 2
CB30N,
control box
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time delay
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AGV 4000 E
Electrical control options
Electrical - Level 1
CK01E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Electrical - Level 2
CK02E
CB32N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Electrical - Level 3
CK03GD
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAGD1, additional
electric board
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Wiring diagrams AGV 4000 W
Water control options
Water - Level 1
CK01W
CB30N,
control box
T10,
room thermostat
SD20,
actuator
Water - Level 2
TVV20/25 two
way valve
CK02W
CB30N,
control box
RTI2, electronic
2‑step thermostat
MDC, magnetic door
contact with time
delay
Thermozone AGV 4000 A/E/W
Water - Level 3
CK03GD
ADEAR, regulator
with display unit and
built-in room sensor
MDCDC, magnetic
door contact
ADEAIS, external
room sensor
SD20,
actuator
ADEAOS,
outdoor sensor
ADEAEB, external
control board
ADEAGD1, additional
electric board
TVV20/25
2-way regulation valve
Thermozone AGI A/W
Lengths: 1,2, 1,8, 2,4 and 3 metres
Without heat
R
Water heat
Thermozone® AGI A/W
Air curtains for large industrial doorways. For horizontal or vertical mounting
AGI is a robust air curtain for industrial doors that can
be mounted horizontally or vertically. It is available in
four module lengths which can easily be combined to
cover the individual needs of every door.
AGI creates an air barrier that efficiently prevents
cold draughts and provides a comfortable level of heat
inside the door that allows you to utilise the whole floor
space up to the front of the door. Large savings are made
by the elimination of energy losses through openings.
An adjustable outlet grille allows you to direct the air
flow to achieve an optimal air curtain effect.
In addition to preventing cold draughts, the AGI
unit prevents odours, exhaust gases and insects from
penetrating the opening. An AGI unit with heater
contributes to heating the building and can also dry
up in front of the door where a lot of snow and water
enters. An AGI unit without heater allows you to
drastically reduce energy losses through openings to
cold rooms, air conditioned areas or other unheated
buildings. The air flow is regulated using a 5-step
transformer or continuously variable 3-phase control.
• Robust and simple module based design.
• Corrosion proof welded housing made of zinc-plated
steel panels. Painted with two-pack coating.
Colour: RAL9006.
• For horizontal or vertical mounting.
• Simple suspension using fixed nuts on the top for
mounting with threaded rod.
• An adjustable outlet grille allows you to direct the
airflow for an optimal air curtain effect.
Air velocity profile
AGI
10,6 m/s
1,0 m
8,5 m/s
2,0 m
6,0 m/s
3,0 m
4,9 m/s
4,0 m
4,2 m/s
5,0 m
3,8 m/s
6,0 m
3,4 m/s
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
2008-03-17
0,0 m
Thermozone AGI A/W
Technical specifications | Type*
Thermozone AGI A without heat   1
Output
Sound level*2
Voltage
Amperage
[kW]
Max
Airflow
[m3/h]
[dB(A)]
[V]
[A]
Height/
Length
[mm]
AGIH2A/AGIV2A
0
7000
69
400V3~
2,4
1200
51
AGIH3A/AGIV3A
0
10500
71
400V3~
3,5
1800
75
AGIH4A/AGIV4A
0
14000
72
400V3~
4,7
2400
97
AGIH5A/AGIV5A
0
17500
73
400V3~
5,9
3000
120
1
Weight
[kg]
*1) H= horizontal, V= vertical.
*2) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Protection class AGI A without heat: (IP23).
CE compliant.
Technical specifications | Thermozone AGI WL with water heat, horizontal mounting, coil for low tempered water <80/60 °C   2
∆t*1,2
[kW]
Max
Airflow
[m3/h]
56
7000
Type
Output*
AGIH2WL
1
Sound
level*3
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
24
6,6
69
400V3~
2,4
1200
82
Amperage
Length
Weight
AGIH3WL
86
10500
24
10,1
71
400V3~
3,5
1800
125
AGIH4WL
118
14000
25
14,0
72
400V3~
4,7
2400
165
AGIH5WL
147
17500
25
17,6
73
400V3~
5,9
3000
205
Technical specifications | Thermozone AGI WL with water heat, vertical mounting, coil for low tempered water <80/60 °C   2
∆t*1,2
[kW]
Max
Airflow
[m3/h]
50
7000
Type
Output*1
AGIV2WL
Sound
level*3
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
21
6,6
69
400V3~
2,4
1200
82
Amperage
Height
Weight
AGIV3WL
77
10500
22
10,1
71
400V3~
3,5
1800
125
AGIV4WL
106
14000
23
14,0
72
400V3~
4,7
2400
165
AGIV5WL
132
17500
22
17,6
73
400V3~
5,9
3000
205
Technical specifications | Type
AGIH2WH
Thermozone AGI WH with water heat, horizontal mounting, coil for high tempered water ≥80/60 °C   2
∆t*1,2
[kW]
Max
Airflow
[m3/h]
42
7000
Output*1
Sound
level*3
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
18
4,6
69
400V3~
2,4
1200
76
Amperage
Length
Weight
AGIH3WH
65
10500
18
7,0
71
400V3~
3,5
1800
112
AGIH4WH
89
14000
19
9,5
72
400V3~
4,7
2400
148
AGIH5WH
112
17500
19
12,0
73
400V3~
5,9
3000
180
Technical specifications | Thermozone AGI WH with water heat,vertical mounting, coil for high tempered water ≥80/60 °C   2
∆t*1,2
[kW]
Max
Airflow
[m3/h]
37
7000
Type
Output*1
AGIV2WH
Sound
level*3
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[°C]
Water
volume
[l]
[V]
[A]
[mm]
[kg]
16
4,6
69
400V3~
2,4
1200
76
Amperage
Height
Weight
AGIV3WH
58
10500
16
7,0
71
400V3~
3,5
1800
112
AGIV4WH
81
14000
17
9,5
72
400V3~
4,7
2400
148
AGIV5WH
100
17500
17
12,0
73
400V3~
5,9
3000
180
*1) Applicable at water temperature 80/60 °C, air temperature +15 °C.
*2) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maiximum heat output and highest airflow.
*3) Conditions: Distance to the unit: 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Protection class AGI W with water heat: (IP23).
CE compliant.
Thermozone AGI A/W
Dimensions
Horizontal mounting
L
185
485
300
730
L/2
Ø
1”
DN25
AGI2
X
AGI3
X
AGI4
X
AGI5
1 1/4”
DN32
75
Connection dimensions,
inside thread
25
575
75
M10
25
25
160
25
X
Mounting
AGI is mounted horizontally with a threaded bar using
six (four for AGI2) fixed nuts (M10) on the top.
Thermozone AGI A/W
Dimensions
25
25
50
25
L
25
Vertical mounting
75
300
575
75
160
730
Connection dimensions,
inside thread
185
485
Mounting
AGI is mounted vertically on an accompanying floor
bracket that is bolted to the floor. Several AGI units
can be mounted on top of each other with brackets that
are fixed on the unit at delivery. If the AGI-installation
is higher than 2 m it must be fixed to a wall or to the
ceiling to prevent the unit from falling over.
For further information on AGI please contact Frico.
Ø
1”
DN25
AGI2
X
AGI3
X
AGI4
X
AGI5
1 1/4”
DN32
X
Thermozone AGI A/W
Control kits
Ambient
1
Level 1
Desired airflow is set manually and the unit starts
automatically, according to the setting, when the door
opens and stops when the door closes.
Complete control kit:
- RTRD7, RTRD14, 5-steps fan speed control, controls
the airflow in 5 steps.
- AGB304, door contact. Starts/stops the air curtain
when the door is opened/closed.
Water 2
Level 1
Desired airflow is set manually and the unit starts
automatically, according to the setting, when the door
opens and stops when the door closes. Room thermostat
controls the heat output on/off via actuator/valve.
Complete control kit:
- RTRD7, RTRD14, 5-steps fan speed control, controls
the airflow in 5 steps.
- AGB304, door contact. Starts/stops the air curtain
when the door is opened/closed.
- T10, room thermostat IP30 (option KRT1900, IP55)
- VR25, set of valves (option only actuator/valve
SD20/TVV25)
Level 2
Airflow and heat output are controlled automatically
based on the opening of the door and the room
temperature. When the door is open the fan runs on
high speed, when the door closes the fan will continue
to run for the desired time (1–10 min.) set on the MDC.
When the door is closed the fan runs on low speed if
there is a need for heating, if not the fan is switched off.
The room thermostat controls the heat output on/off.
E.g. the thermostat is set on 23 °C and the difference
between the steps 4 °C. The thermostat will activate
below 19 °C when the door is closed. When the door
opens, the thermostat will activate below 23 °C and
normally the heat is switched on.
Complete control kit:
- RTRDU7, 5-steps fan speed control with two separate
airflow controls, controls the airflow in 5 steps.
- MDC, door contact with time delay
- RTI2, 2-step room thermostat IP44 (option KRT2800,
IP55)
- VR25, set of valves (option only actuator/valve
SD20/TVV25)
Thermozone AGI A/W
Output charts water
AGI WL - horizontal mounting
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIH2
max
7000
55,6
39
0,68
50,4
41
0,62
AGIH3
max
10500
85,6
39
1,05
77,5
42
0,95
AGIH4
max
14000
117,9
40
1,44
106,4
43
1,30
AGIH5
max
17500
147,1
40
1,80
132,8
42
1,62
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIH2
max
7000
41,1
32
1,00
35,8
35
0,87
AGIH3
max
10500
63,2
33
1,54
55,2
36
1,34
AGIH4
max
14000
86,6
33
2,10
75,6
36
1,84
AGIH5
max
17500
108,2
33
2,63
94,4
36
2,29
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIH2
max
7000
33,7
29
0,41
28,4
32
0,34
AGIH3
max
10500
51,5
30
0,62
43,2
32
0,53
AGIH4
max
14000
71,0
30
0,86
59,5
33
0,72
AGIH5
max
17500
88,5
30
1,07
74,1
33
0,90
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIH2
max
7000
25,7
26
0,21
19,8
28
0,16
AGIH3
max
10500
38,6
26
0,31
28,8
28
0,23
AGIH4
max
14000
53,3
26
0,43
40,9
29
0,33
AGIH5
max
17500
66,2
26
0,53
48,4
28
0,39
Thermozone AGI A/W
Output charts water
AGI WL - vertical mounting
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIV2
max
7000
50,1
36
0,60
45,4
39
0,18
AGIV3
max
10500
77,0
37
0,92
69,8
40
0,28
AGIV4
max
14000
106,1
38
1,27
95,7
40
0,38
AGIV5
max
17500
132,4
38
1,59
119,5
40
0,48
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/50 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIV2
max
7000
37,0
31
0,15
32,3
34
0,13
AGIV3
max
10500
56,9
31
0,23
49,6
34
0,20
AGIV4
max
14000
78,0
32
0,31
68,0
34
0,27
AGIV5
max
17500
97,4
32
0,39
85,0
34
0,34
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/40 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIV2
max
7000
30,4
28
0,12
25,6
31
0,10
AGIV3
max
10500
46,3
28
0,18
38,9
31
0,16
AGIV4
max
14000
64,0
29
0,26
53,6
31
0,21
AGIV5
max
17500
79,7
28
0,32
66,7
31
0,27
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 60/30 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIV2
max
7000
23,1
25
0,09
17,8
28
0,07
AGIV3
max
10500
34,7
25
0,14
26,0
27
0,10
AGIV4
max
14000
48,0
25
0,19
36,8
28
0,15
AGIV5
max
17500
59,5
25
0,24
43,6
27
0,17
Thermozone AGI A/W
Output charts water
AGI WH - horizontal mounting
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 130/70 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIH2
max
7000
63,9
37
0,26
55,8
44
0,23
AGIH3
max
10500
99,2
38
0,41
86,6
44
0,36
AGIH4
max
14000
137,4
39
0,57
119,7
45
0,49
AGIH5
max
17500
171,1
39
0,71
148,9
45
0,62
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 110/80 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIH2
max
7000
61,0
41
0,50
57,1
44
0,47
AGIH3
max
10500
95,0
42
0,78
88,8
45
0,73
AGIH4
max
14000
131,2
43
1,08
122,8
46
1,01
AGIH5
max
17500
163,7
43
1,35
153,1
46
1,26
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIH2
max
7000
50,0
36
0,61
46,0
40
0,56
AGIH3
max
10500
78,1
37
0,96
71,9
40
0,88
AGIH4
max
14000
107,5
38
1,32
99,0
41
1,21
AGIH5
max
17500
134,1
38
1,65
123,5
41
1,52
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIH2
max
7000
41,6
33
0,51
37,6
36
0,46
AGIH3
max
10500
64,7
33
0,79
58,5
36
0,71
AGIH4
max
14000
89,5
34
1,09
80,6
37
0,99
AGIH5
max
17500
111,6
34
1,36
100,5
37
1,23
Thermozone AGI A/W
Output charts water
AGI WH - vertical mounting
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 130/70 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIV2
max
7000
57,5
34
0,23
50,2
41
0,20
AGIV3
max
10500
89,2
35
0,36
77,9
42
0,31
AGIV4
max
14000
123,7
36
0,49
107,7
43
0,43
AGIV5
max
17500
154,0
36
0,61
134,0
43
0,53
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 110/80 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIV2
max
7000
54,9
38
0,44
51,4
42
0,41
AGIV3
max
10500
85,5
39
0,68
79,9
43
0,64
AGIV4
max
14000
118,1
40
0,94
110,5
44
0,88
AGIV5
max
17500
147,4
40
1,18
137,8
43
1,10
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 90/70 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIV2
max
7000
45,0
34
0,54
41,4
38
0,50
AGIV3
max
10500
70,3
35
0,84
64,7
38
0,77
AGIV4
max
14000
96,7
36
1,16
89,1
39
1,07
AGIV5
max
17500
120,7
36
1,45
111,1
39
1,33
Incoming / outgoing water temperature 80/60 °C
Incoming air temp. = +15 °C
Type
Fan
position
Airflow
[m3/h]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Incoming air temp. = +20 °C
Water flow
[l/s]
Output
[kW]
Outgoing air
temp. [°C]
Water flow
[l/s]
AGIV2
max
7000
37,4
31
0,45
33,9
34
0,41
AGIV3
max
10500
58,2
32
0,70
52,6
35
0,63
AGIV4
max
14000
80,5
32
0,96
72,6
35
0,87
AGIV5
max
17500
100,4
32
1,20
90,4
35
1,08
Thermozone AGI A/W
Pressure drop water
Water pressure drop over AGI WL/WH water coil
0,1
Water flow [m3/h]
1,0
10
1
AG
I
Pressure drop [bar]
AG
I5W
L
2W
L
A
AG
I4W GI3W
L
L
Pressure drop [kPa]
100
10
1
0,1
0,1
1,0
10
0,01
Water flow [l/s]
Pressure drop [bar]
H
5W
AG
I4W
AG
I
AG
I
2W
H
H
AG
I
3W
H
Pressure drop [kPa]
Water flow [m3/h]
Water flow [l/s]
Water presssure drop over regulations and valves
10
0,7
10
0,1
25
TV
V2
5
0
VR
V2
TV
1
0,01
0,01
0,1
1,0
Water flow [l/s]
Pressure drop [bar]
1,0
70
VR
20
Pressure drop [kPa]
0,1
Water flow [m3/h]
The pressure drop
is calculated for an
average temperature
of 70 °C (PVV 80/60).
For other water
temperatures, the
pressure drop is
multiplied by the
factor K.
Average
temp.
water °C
K
40
1,10
50
1,06
60
1,03
70
1,00
80
0,97
90
0,93
Thermozone AGI A/W
Wiring diagrams AGI A
Ambient control option
13
400V3N~
PE N L1 L2 L3
AGB
14
Bridge RT-RT if no door
contact is used
U1 V1 W1
RT RT
N L L
TK TK FS FS
RTRD
To terminals
L1, L2 and L3
in slave units.
To terminals 5-6
in slave units.
PE L1 L2 L3
5
V W
U
PE
M
3~
Fan 1
6
5
V W
TK
U
PE
TK
M
3~
Fan 2
6
5
V W
TK
U
PE
TK
M
3~
Fan 3
6
5
V W
TK
U
PE
TK
M
3~
6
5
V W
TK
U
PE
TK
Fan 4
Wiring diagram valid for all AGI. Number of motors corresponds with the number in the type label.
M
3~
Fan 5
6
TK
TK
AGIV5
AGIH5
Thermozone AGI A/W
Wiring diagrams AGI W
Water control options
Water - Level 1
Bridge RT-RT if no door
contact is used
To terminals
L1, L2 and L3
in slave units.
To terminals 5-6
in slave units.
Water - Level 2
To terminals
L1, L2 and L3
in slave units.
To terminals 5-6
in slave units.
Frico AB
Wiring diagram valid for all AGI. Number of motors corresponds with the number in the type label.
031 336 86 00
www.frico.se
Ambient, no heat
Lengths: 1 and 1,7 metres
Electrical heat 8–18 kW
R
Water heat
Thermozone® AC/WAC 300/400
Air curtains for entry doors between 2,5 - 4,0 metres
The Thermozone AC/WAC300/400 range consists of
both heated and ambient versions and hot water heated
WAC models.
AC/WAC300/400 are designed for permanent
horizontal installation above doorways with heights
between 2,5 and 4,0 metres or positioned vertically
beside the doorway when overdoor space is limited.
They can be surface mounted or recessed into a
false ceiling. A jet of air from the air curtain prevents
cold draughts throught open doorways and increases
comfort levels in the proximity of the door. The ambient
versions have been specifically designed for cold store
applications and entrances to airconditioned buildings
to prevent the loss of refrigerated air.
The use of a Thermozone 300/400 air curtain enables
the use of floor space close to the doorway and can
significantly reduce energy losses giving large savings.
The Thermozone 300/400 range can also be used for
industrial heating and drying applications. For wide
doorways, several units can be mounted next to each
other and regulated with a common thermostat and
control panel.
For doorways with ceiling mounted sliding doors,
adaptation sets are available that direct the airflow close
to the opening.
• Corrosion proof houing made of hot zinc-plated and powder enamelled steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Compact design for installation where space is
limited.
• Adjustable mounting brackets for optimisation of
air stream.
• The connection areas are easily accessed through
a large service hatch.
• The sound-absorbing front plate can be turned
to allow air intake either from above or from below.
• The narrow outlet which gives a high impulse, is
angled 10° outwards for optimal performance.
Air velocity profile
AC/WAC300
AC/WAC400
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Technical specifications | Thermozone AC 300/400 without heat 1
Type
Output steps
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
AC301
0
900/1800
44/62
230V~
1,6
1000
39
AC302
0
1300/2700
45/63
230V~
2,5
1670
57
AC401
0
1350/2700
44/62
230V~
2,5
1000
44
AC402
0
2250/4500
45/63
230V~
4,2
1670
71
Protection class AC300/400 without heat: (IP24), splash-proof design.
Technical specifications | Thermozone AC 300/400 with electrical heat 3
Output steps
Airflow
∆t*1
Sound level
[kW]
[m3/h]
[°C]
AC308
0/4/8
900/1800
27/13
AC312
0/6/12
1300/2700
27/13
Type
Voltage [V]
Amperage [A]
(heat)
Length
Weight
[dB(A)]
Voltage [V]/
Amperage [A]
(control)
[mm]
[kg]
44/62
230V~/1,6A
400V3~/11,6A
1000
44
45/63
230V~/2,5A
400V3~/17,3A
1670
64
AC412
0/12
1350/2700
27/13
44/62
230V~/2,5A
400V3~/17,3A
1000
54
AC418
0/18
2250/4500
27/13
45/63
230V~/4,2A
400V3~/26,0A
1670
86
*1) ∆t = temperature rise of passing air at maximum heat output and lowest/highest airflow.
Protection class AC300/400 with electrical heat: (IP24), splash-proof design.
Technical specifications | Thermozone WAC 300/400 with water heat 2
Type
Airflow
[m3/h]
Water volume
[l]
Sound level
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
WAC301
800/1700
2,5
44/62
230V~
1,6
1000
51
WAC302
1200/2500
3,5
45/63
230V~
2,5
1670
74
WAC301V
800/1700
2,5
44/62
230V~
1,6
1000
51
WAC302V
1200/2500
3,5
45/63
230V~
2,5
1670
74
WAC401
1050/2400
2,5
44/62
230V~
2,5
1000
52
WAC402
1800/4000
3,5
45/63
230V~
4,2
1670
83
WAC401V
1050/2400
2,5
44/62
230V~
2,5
1000
52
WAC402V
1800/4000
3,5
45/63
230V~
4,2
1670
83
For vertical mounting: WAC301V/401V and WAC302V/402V
Protection class WAC300/400 with water heat: (IP24), splash-proof design.
Approved by SEMKO and CE compliant. WAC301V and WAC302V are CE compliant.
Dimensions
AC/WAC300
975 / 1640
640
580
ø 11
ø 20
490
335
Thermozone
400
400
AC 300
1000 / 1670
360
AC/WAC400
975 / 1640
ø 20
335
Thermozone
770
710
ø 11
490
1
1
2
2
400
AC 400
1000 / 1670
360
360
1 alt. 2
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting above doorway
With the supplied mounting brackets, Thermozone
AC/WAC300/400 units may be fitted in several
ways: on the wall, on the ceiling, on a cable ladder,
etc. The brackets make it possible to angle the unit
for optimal efficiency. They can also be mounted
in false ceilings, see Fig. 2. Among the hot water
heated models, WAC301/401 and WAC302/402 are
mounted in horizontal postion above the opening. For
minimum mounting distance to doorway, see Fig. 1
for the electrically heated models. The units must not
be mounted directly above an electrical socket. For
maximum performance the units should cover the
whole width of the opening and be fitted as close to the
opening as possible. Several units can be mounted next
to each other to form a continuous air curtain.
Mounting below ceiling-mounted sliding doors
When mounting above openings with ceiling-mounted
sliding doors, a square-shaped air curtain unit cannot
be positioned close enough to the opening because of
the opening radius of the sliding door. The adaption
set AXT401/402 is dome-shaped and may therefore be
positioned up against the door with the outgoing air
stream very close to the opening.
Mounting beside the opening
When space above the doorway is limited, models
WAC301V/401V and WAC302V/402V can be mounted
vertically, thus creating a side blowing air stream.
Mounting plates AVMP300 are mounted between units
and between the lowest unit and the floor. For minimum
mounting distance to doorway, see Fig. 1 for the
electrically heated models. For maximum performance
the units should cover the whole height of the opening
and be fitted as close to the opening as possible. Several
units can be mounted on top of each other to form a
continuous air curtain. Maximum building height for
vertical units without structural support, is 3,5 metres.
AXT401/402
1120
1070
945
Adaptation set AXT401/402
Connection AC 300 3
The appliance should be preceded by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. The connection should be made with a cable type S05VV-U,
A05VV-R or similar, through knock outs on the top of
the unit (2 x Ø38 mm and 3 x Ø29 mm). For connection to the supply terminal block, a cable of maximum
16 mm2 is used. For connection to the control terminal
block, a cable of maximum 6 mm2 is used. For units
with electrical heating, power and voltage should be
supplied in different connection areas.
AC/WAC 300/400
min 300
Connection WAC 300 2
The appliance should be preceded by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. The connection
should be made with a cable type S05VV-U, A05VV-R
or similar, through Ø29 mm knock outs on the top of
the unit. For connection to the control terminal block,
a cable of maximum 6 mm2 is used. Connections (DN20
(3/4”), inside thread) to the water heating coil are
located on the top of the unit. The supplied 0,8 metre
flexible hoses, permit the unit to be tilted.
Connection AC 400 3
The appliance should be preceded by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. The connection
should be made with a cable type S05VV-U, A05VV-R or
similar, through knock outs on the top of the unit
(2 x Ø38 mm and 3 x Ø29 mm). For connection to the
supply terminal block, a cable of maximum 16 mm2 is
used. For connection to the control terminal block,
a cable of maximum 6 mm2 is used. For units with
electrical heating, power and voltage should be supplied
in different connection areas.
Connection WAC 400 2
The appliance should be preceded by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. The connection
should be made with a cable type S05VV-U, A05VV-R
or similar, through Ø29 mm knock outs on the top of
the unit. Connections (DN20 (3/4”), inside thread) to
the water heating coil are located on the top of the unit.
The supplied 0,8 metre flexible hoses, allow the unit to
be tilted.
min 200
Fig. 1: Minimum distance to the wall
AC/WAC300
AC/WAC400
For wiring diagrams see www.frico.se
Fig. 2: Mounting in false ceiling
WAC300/400
Connection DN20 (3/4”)
Inside thread
35 30
430
35
Thermozone
Fig. 3: WAC300/400, water connection on the top to the right
Lengths: 1 and 1,5 metres
Ambient, no heat
R
Thermozone® AC 500
Air curtains for doorways between 3 and 6 metres
AC500 air curtains are intented for permanent
installation above doorways with heights of between
3 and 6 metres. By separating zones of different
temperature with a jet of air, the AC500 effectively
prevents leakage of heated or refrigerated air. In this
way, the energy loss is significantly reduced and a
comfortable indoor climate can be maintained. When
used in freezers and cold storage areas, it reduces
humidity and ice build up.
The air curtain also helps to improve the working
environment by preventing the intrusion of insects, dust
and exhaust fumes.
Because the air intake is high where the air is warmer,
the temperature difference between ceiling and floor
is equalized. The AC500 is built with axial fans that
combine high pressure with high flow. High velocity air
exhausts through a honeycomb grid resulting in a well
defined and layered air stream. There are two ways to
direct the air stream for maximum performance: either
by tilting the whole unit or by adjustment of the air
directors.
For wide doorways, several units can be mounted
next to each other. When space above the doorway is
limited, the units can be mounted standing vertically
beside the opening.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plated and
powder enamelled steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Compact design requires minimum headroom.
Air velocity profile
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Technical specifications | Thermozone AC 500 without heat 1
Type
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
AC501
5200
63
230V~/ 400V3~
3,1/1,8
1030
65
AC502
7700
65
230V~/ 400V3~
4,1/2,7
1550
93
Protection class AC 500 without heat: (IP24), splash-proof design.
CE compliant.
Dimensions
AC 501: c/c 986
AC 502: c/c 1506
515
785
AC 501: c/c 1030
AC 502: c/c 1550
Thermozone
986
AC 500
Positioning, mounting and installation
Mounting above the opening
With the supplied mounting brackets, Thermozone
AC500 units may be fitted in several ways: on the wall,
on the ceiling, on a beam, etc. The brackets make it
possible to angle the unit for optimal efficiency. For the
minimum mounting distance to the ceiling, see Fig. 1.
For maximum performance, the units should cover
the whole width of the opening and be fitted as close to
the opening as possible. Several units can be mounted
next to each other to form a continuous air curtain.
AC 501: c/c 519
AC 502: c/c 1038
136
min 215
Thermozone
Mounting at the side of the opening
When space above the doorway is limited, AC500
can be mounted standing beside the opening. For the
minimum mounting distance, see Fig. 1.
For maximum performance, the units should cover
the whole height of the opening. When several units
are mounted on top of each other, each unit must be
secured and anchored.
Connection AC 500
The appliance should be preceded by a triple pole
switch with at least 3 mm breaking gap. See wiring
diagrams.
AC 501
15o 15o
Fig. 1: Minimum mounting to distance
Control kits
Ambient 1
Level 1
Fan speed regulation with door contact. The door
contact activates a fan speed regulator when the door
opens and closes.
Complete control kit:
- AGB304, door contact
- RTRD7, RTRD14, 5-step regulator
Level 2
Variable fan speed regulation with door contact. The
door contact can be used for on/off or high/low speed
regulation.
Complete control kit:
- AGB304, door contact
- PKDM12, variable regulator high/low speed
Wiring diagrams AC 500
Ambient control options
Level 1
RTRD14
RTRD7
ABG304
Level 2
ABG304
PKDM12
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Inlet hood
Upper silencer
Fan units
Lower silencer
Ambient, no heat
Thermozone® AC 600
Air curtains that blow from below for large doorways
AC600 creates a very effective air curtain when air at
high speed is pressed out through a narrow slot in the
floor inside the door opening. The air curtain is directed
upward which gives the best possible protection against
colder and heavier air streaming into the room. The
AC600 unit consists of a pillar with an inlet hood,
silencers and fans. It is placed inside and next to the
door opening. The floor duct has its slot at floor level.
The width of the slot and the blow angle are determined
when projections are made.
The fan unit is made up of one or several fans
according to the necessary pressure and airflow. Wind
breakthrough and draughts in the room are prevented
by dimensioning the air curtain’s ray with a sufficiently
great impulse ( = mass flow x speed).
The AC600 provides nearly
100 % protection from cold
draughts along the floor. To
compensate for the inwarddirected pressure force, the air
curtain slot is directed at an
outward angle of about 15°.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Technical specifications | Thermozone AC 600 without heat 1
Type
Motor output
[kW]
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level*1
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
AC601
5,5
10 800
66
400V3~
10,7
AC602
11 (2x5,5)
13 400
83
400V3~
21,4
AC603
15
14 700
85
400V3~
29,5
AC601X
7,5
15 500
74
400V3~
15
AC602X
15 (2x7,5)
18 000
86
400V3~
30
*1) Measured 10 metres from the opening with a room volume of 15 000 m3
Protection class AC600 without heat: (IP24), splash-proof design.
CE compliant.
Dimensions
Ø 740
410
Ø 740
1120
L
1600
L
500
1600
620
1120
560
620
100
1120
1120
560
1100
100
Pillar extension
The air intake should be above the door opening,
making a pillar extension sometimes necessary.
This is placed between the inlet hood and the upper
silencer, but is not included on delivery. Length (L) is
determined when projections are made.
620
560
560
560
1100
100
AC 602
AC 603
100
410
L
1600
560
1100
100
AC 601
500
410
Ø 840
L
Ø 740
L
Ø 840
AC 601X
AC 602X
Connection for 2 pillars on the same side
1100
600
250
100
Connection box
Ø 500 (Ø 560 for AC600X)
1000
600
600
2050
250
350
1050
Positioning, mounting and installation
The fan pillar can be positioned on either side of the
door. For large doors, two fan pillars are often required.
They can be positioned one on each side or both on the
same side.
If they are positioned one on each side, the floor
duct has to be divided by a steel wall in the middle to
prevent the fans from working against each other.
Duct
Cross section through the floor duct for a singular pillar
Air curtain slot
250
Floor duct box
600
Concrete
Floor duct
The floor duct box is a steel box cast into the concrete
floor. The slot mouth is at floor level, as near to the door
opening as possible. The length of the box and the width
and angle of the slot are determined when projections
are made.
Drainage is normally not needed. However, if there
is a risk that larger amounts of water could run into
the floor duct, it may be equipped with an internally
threaded 1” coupler for drain pipe connection.
100
Connection box
600
800
Floor duct box
Dimensioning
The choice of air curtain and slot width
can be made with the help of the diagram
on this page. The diagram applies to a
dimensioned underpressure of 8 Pa and
an outward angle of 15° for the air curtain
slot. The highlighted field shows the
normal working area.
Always contact Frico for projections and
dimensioning!
Door height [m]
8
AC 602X
30
AC 603
7
Slot width [mm]
25
AC 602
6
20
5
20
AC 601X
15
4
AC 601
15
40
3
2
30
25
20
1
15
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
14
16
Opening width [m]
0
Internal door protectors could be mounted next to the
door if the distance between the air curtain slot and the
door is greater than 150 mm. The air curtain slot should
be at least 200 mm wider than the door opening.
min 100
min 100
<150
Air curtain slot
Door protector
2
4
6
8
10
Control alternatives
Accessories
The air curtain is activated by a door contact when the
door opens. The door contact controls the air curtain
either directly or via a delay relay or motor switch.
Safety switches must be available for every fan.
ACR
ABG304
ACR600, control box
For AC600. Control box with start/stop and indication
lamp for each fan. Time delay between the motors when
starting. Possible to connect door contact (AGB304).
Built-in motor protection for each fan.
AGB304, door contact
An AGB304 door contact is usually mounted on the
door. It starts the air curtain when the door opens. and
when the door closes, it shuts the air curtain off.
Performance
One can count on an energy efficiency of approximately
75 %. This means that heat losses can be reduced to
25 % of what they would be if the door was unprotected.
Conditions:
The temperature after opening:
The diagrams show how the temperature varies over
time inside the open door and at different distances
into the room, 4 and 20 metres, and at different heights
above the floor.
Door
4x4m
Room area
2000 m2
Outdoor temperature
0 °C
Underpressure
4 Pa
With Thermozone AC 600
Unprotected opening
4 m into the room
20 m into the room
10 cm above the floor
[˚C]
20
10 cm above the floor
[˚C]
20
18
18
16
16
14
14
12
12
10
10
8
6
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[min]
6
0
1
2
150 cm above the floor
150 cm above the floor
[˚C]
20
[˚C]
20
18
18
16
16
14
14
12
12
10
10
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[min]
8
8
6
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[min]
6
0
1
2
[min]
Wiring diagrams AC 600
Connection of air curtain unit, start/stop with door contact AGB304
Regulation
AC601/601X
Regulation
AC602/602X
Time delay
ACR
control box
Regulation
AC603
AGB304,
door contact
Time delay
AC600, air curtain unit
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Cold storage
ADA Cool
AD300 A
206
ADA Cool
– economy and safety
Using Thermozone air curtains without heat to
maintain the cold temperature in cold storage is
a sensible choice. The test carried out by Manuel
Carvalho SA in Portugal illustrates the advantages.
Energy losses are lowered, delicate products are
better protected and accessibility for people and
trucks is improved. An air curtain is also a sensible
choice from a safety perspective since visibility is
improved and ice build-up on the floor prevented.
Manuel Carvalho SA, Portugal replaced plastic strips
with Frico air curtain ADA Cool. They measured the
temperature rise during a 24 hour period, 4 days
before the installation of ADA Cool and 4 days after.
The graphs below are based on these figures.
ADA Cool proved to be much more efficient in
keeping the cold air inside the cold storage.
Manuel Carvalho SA found further advantages compared with plastic strips. The risk of accidents is reduced when build-up of ice on the floor is prevented
and visibility through the door is improved.
Frico offers several units without heat which are well
suited for cold storage openings of different sizes. Read
more on the following pages.
Advantages of air curtains in cold storage openings:
• Lower cold losses
• Longer life and higher efficency of cooling equipment
• Higher safety when visibility is improved and build-up
of ice prevented
• A more stable temperature means better quality control of food and plants
• Easier access through the opening
Temperature rise over a 24 hour period using plastic strips
Defrost
Start of
working
day
Lunchbreak
End of
working
day
Average temp. before noon:
-13 °C
Cold storage
Average temp. after noon:
-17 °C
Temperature rise over a 24 hour period using Thermozone ADA Cool
Defrost
Start of
working
day
Lunchbreak
End of
working
day
Average temp. before noon:
-17 °C
Average temp. after noon:
-19 °C
Customer: Manuel Carvalho SA
City: Gafanha da Nazare, Portugal
Date of installation: June 2003
Cold storage dimension: 23x11x6m
Dimension of opening: 2,2x 2,5m
Cold storage temperature: -23 °C
Outside temperature: +20 °C
207
Thermozone ADA Cool
Ambient, no heat
Lengths: 0,9 and 1,2 metres
R
Thermozone® ADA Cool
Air curtains for cold stores with door heights of up to 2,5 metres
Thermozone ADA Cool air curtains are intended for
permanent installation above cold store openings with
heights of up to 2,5 metres.
ADA Cool keeps the cold air in cold stores and also
makes it possible to have an open cold store area
without doors.
The air curtain creates an air barrier that also reduces
the intrusion of exhaust fumes, smoke, dust, smells, etc.
The cost of cooling is reduced and the cold stays where
it is needed.
Thanks to compact design and air intake at the front,
the ADA Cool-series can be mounted where space is
limited between the ceiling and the upper edge of the
doorway. It can also be mounted in false ceilings.
ADA Cool has a simple connection making it possible
to easily link units together in order to cover wide
openings.
• Corrosion proof housing made of hot zinc-plate and
powder enamelled steel panels. Colour: RAL 9016.
• Special outlet grille for optimized operation.
• Compact and easily positioned.
• Easy installation with prefitted cable and plug. No
qualified electrician needed.
• Several units can easily be linked together.
Air velocity profile
ADAC 090/ADAC 120
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Thermozone ADA Cool
Technical specifications |
Thermozone ADA Cool without heat
1
Type
Airflow
[m3/h]
Sound level
[dB(A)]
Voltage
[V]
Amperage
[A]
Length
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
ADAC090
1150
54
230V~
0,50
900
9,6
ADAC120
1400
51
230V~
0,55
1200
*1) Conditions: Distance to the unit 5 metres. Directional factor: 2. Equivalent absorption area: 200 m2.
Protection class ADA Cool without heat: (IP21), drip-proof design.
CE compliant.
Dimensions
D
H
E
G
L
A
B
L
H
D
A
B
E
G
ADAC090
900
235
215
95
747
216
110
ADAC120
1200
235
215
95
1047
216
110
Positioning, mounting and installation
Wiring diagram ADA Cool
Mounting
Thermozone ADA Cool is mounted above the door
on the outside of the opening, as close to the opening
as possible. The unit should normally be angled
outwards, towards the warm side.
It can also be recessed into false ceilings. Sufficient air supply must be provided when mounting
into false ceilings. The air curtain should cover the
entire width of the door. For wide openings, several
units can be positioned next to each other to form
an unbroken curtain.
Internal wiring diagram
Connection
The air curtain is supplied with plug and socket that
make it easy to link up the units to one another.
The units should be completed with ADACR,
a regulation and adaptation set consisting of a 5-step
fan speed regulator and a flexible cable and earthed
plug. ADACR can regulate a maximum of 7-9 units
(max. 7 units at 60 Hz). Max. input: 5A.
Protection class: IP30.
2,2 m
ADACR
5A
2,2 m
11,8
Freezer room, Panike, Portugal,
ADA Cool
Our cool models
Frico offers several models without heat that are
suitable for keeping the cold in cold storages.
Choose the appropriate unit according to the
dimensions of the opening. There are units for
horizontal and vertical mounting and in different
designs.
Thermozone ADA Cool
For opening heights of up to 2,5 metres
ADA Cool
For horizontal mounting. Easy installation with cable
and plug. The units may easily be linked to cover wide
openings. Length: 0,9 and 1,2 metres.
AD 200 A
For horizontal mounting. Modern and attractive design.
Lengths: 1, 1,5 and 2 metres.
For opening heights of up to 3,5 metres
Thermozone AD
AD 300 A
For horizontal mounting. Modern and attractive design.
Lengths: 1, 1,5 and 2 metres.
For opening heights of up to 4 metres
AD 400 A
For horizontal mounting. Modern and attractive design.
Lengths: 1, 1,5 and 2 metres.
AG 4000 A
For horizontal mounting. Simple and robust design.
Lengths: 1; 1,5; 2 and 2,5 metres.
Thermozone AG
For opening widths of up to 4 metres
AGV 4000 A
For vertical mounting. Simple and robust design.
Lengths: 1,5; 2 and 2,5 metres.
For opening heights of up to 5 metres
AG 4500 A and AG 5000 A
For horizontal mounting. Simple and robust design.
Lengths: 1; 1,5; 2 and 2,5 metres.
Thermozone AGV
Controls and accessories
Controls and accessories
The control system is the brain of a heating
system and decisive for comfort level and energy
consumption. In the product section earlier in the
catalogue we suggest control kits on different
levels. In this chapter all regulators and accessories
are presented, thus allowing you to find a tailored
solution.
You are always very welcome to contact us for
more information, special solutions
or other questions.
The small air curtains have a built in control and
control system. For the AD200 range and larger a
remote control system is available as an accessory.
Heat and airflow should always be controlled. There
are a variety of control systems from which to choose
depending on requirements and usage.
Fan speed control
For best results the unit should be fan speed regulated.
Generally it is sufficient to use a simple 2 or 3 step
control, depending on the size and function of the unit.
Variable fan speed controls are also an option. Via time
switch and/or door contact the unit may be started/
stopped or changed between high/low speed.
An advanced solution (ADEA) is also available, where
fan speed and temperature are regulated automatically
with respect to outdoor temperature, room temperature
and whether the door is open or closed.
Heat output control
For electrical heating it is sufficient to use a precise on/
off control through a thermostat (variable control is
not necessary to obtain desired air curtain effect). A
2-step thermostat improves the precision and makes it
possible to increase or decrease the effect depending on
the heat demand. The electrical heat output can also be
controlled with a control box. For water heating a singlestep thermostat is used.
Thermostats can be divided into two types:
• Mechanical thermostats, with for example capillary
tubes as sensors
• Electronic thermostats, with resistance sensors
Both types of thermostat control the output (on/off
cycling) around the desired temperature. It is however
possible that temperature fluctuations around the set
value can be wide (~ ± 1 °C).
By using electronic thermostats, the control precision
can be adjusted to achieve a lower differentiation. See
the temp. curve for on/off control below.
The choice of thermostat depends on the surrounding
environment. Electronic thermostats are suitable for
example in shop environments where design is usually
more important and protection class less important.
In industrial environments on the other hand, where
design is usually less important and protection class
more important, capillary tube thermostats are a
suitable choice.
Set value
Temperature curve on/off regulation
212
Controls and accessoiries
ADEA
Air conditioner
control
ADEAR,
air curtain
control with
display and
built-in room
sensor
ADEAOS,
outdoor
sensor
MDCDC,
magnetic
door
contact
Building
Elevator control
Management
Fire alarm system
System
Entrance control
Air curtain control
ADEAIS,
external
room sensor
ADEAEB,
external
control
board
ADEAGD1,
extra control
board
ADEA, air curtain control
ADEA is an advanced and user friendly control for air
curtains. ADEA is ready to run directly after installation
on account of the pre-programmed parameters.
An outdoor sensor, room sensor and door contact
govern the regulator, which adapts the heat and fan
speed, according to the preset parameters, to the
prevailing conditions.
In its basic design the fan speed is controlled in
3 steps, but can, via a 0-10V signal, govern an external
controller (ADSR54 or frequency inverter) to provide
fully variable control.
A control board needs to be added, ADEAIB for
internal mounting (for AD300/400 only) or ADEAEB
(IP55) for external mounting (for all units). Depending
on the motor current, one or more units may be
controlled with one control board.
An extra control board ADEAGD1 is needed to
control AG, AGV, ACC and ADR air curtains. The
control board also makes it possible to connect any
Frico air curtain running with ADEA to an advanced
BMS system. The extra control board is mounted on the
ADEAEB control board.
One ADEA is needed for each opening, but it can
control several air curtains.
SBMS,
BMS control
level 1
Integrating air curtains AD200–400 to a BMS system
BMS control - level 1
The SBMS control box is used for connecting an
AD200-400 air curtain to a Building Management
System. The SBMS has a 24 V AC relay for on/off signals
and a volt free alarm signal. Protection class IP44.
BMS control - level 2
Integrating AD200-400 air curtains to a Building
Management System with ADEAEB/IB. Use the air
curtain as an integral part of the buildings climate
system by operating fan speed and heat output with the
BMS. Includes an alarm signal for the fan motor (only
AD300/400) and possibilities to guide the air curtains
operations with a door contact. The level 2 solution
requires 0–10 V signals to control fan speed and heat
output.
BMS control - level 3
Advanced integration of AD200-400 air curtains to
a Building Management System with ADEAEB and
ADEAGD. Use the air curtain as an integral part of the
buildings climate system. Manages on/off, fan speed, and
heat output operations. The level 3 solution also gives
indications of current running mode: on/off, fan speed,
heat output and alarm signal. Includes possibilities to
guide the air curtain operations with a door contact. The
level 3 solution requires 0–10 V signals to control fan
speed and heat output.
For BMS control of other air curtains, please contact
Frico.
Type
Description
ADEA
Air curtain regulator (incl. ADEAR, ADEAOS and MDCDC), IP30
HxWxD [mm]
ADEAR
Regulator with display unit and built-in room sensor, IP30
89x89x26
ADEAOS
Outdoor sensor, IP66
75x75x45
MDCDC
Door contact, IP44
ADEAEB
External control board, IP55
ADEAIB
Internal control board, for AD300/400,
ADEAIS
External room sensor
ADEAGD1
Extra control board for ADEAEB, BMS,
SBMS
Control box for BMS, IP44
254x200x100
75x75x27
155x87x43
213
Controls and accessories
ADEAIB,
internal control
board, for
AD300/400
Controls and accessories
CB30N
CB32N
ADSR54
RTRD7
RTRD14
RTRDU7
PKDM12
Fan speed controls
CB30N, control box 1 2
Controls the airflow in 3 steps. Delivered in
encapsulated box for wall mounting. CB30N is used
for units without heat and units with water heat. Can
control several units. Max input 10 A. IP44.
RTRD7, 5-step control 1 2
For AC500 and AGI. With RTRD7 the air velocity is
adjusted in 5 steps for optimum efficiency. The air
velocity is set to accommodate different external
conditions. Max input 7 A. IP 21.
CB32N, control box 3
Controls the airflow in 3 steps and heat output in 2
steps. Delivered in separate encapsulated box for wall
mounting. CB32N is used for units with electrical heat.
Can control several units. Max input 10 A. IP44.
RTRD14, 5-step control 1 2
For AC500 and AGI. With RTRD14 the air velocity
is adjusted in 5 steps for optimum efficiency. The
air velocity is set to accommodate different external
conditions. Max input 14 A. IP 21.
ADSR54, variable fan speed regulator 1 2
For AD200/300/400A/W. For air curtains without heat or
with water heat (single phase supply 230V~, max 3A).
Controls the motor without causing disturbing electro
magnetic noise. Can be controlled with an external
0–10 V signal. Max. input 3 A, 230V~. IP54.
RTRDU7, 5-step control high/low speed 1 2
For AC500 and AGI. With RTRDU7 the air velocity is
set in 5 steps for maximum efficiency. When the door
is closed the fan runs at a preset low speed to keep the
room warm, when the door is open the fan is preset
at a high speed to accommodate different external
conditions. Max input 7 A. IP 21.
PKDM12, 3-phase variable fan speed control 1 2
For AC500 and AGI. The appropriate fan speed is set
for open and closed door respectively (high/low speed).
The fan speed can be controlled with an external 0–10 V
signal. Max input 12 A. IP54.
Type
Description
HxWxD [mm]
CB30N
Control box for AD200/300/400A/W, ADR, SF, RD, AG, AGV A/W
155x87x43
CB32N
Control box for AD200/300/400E, ADR, SF, RD, AG, AGV E
155x87x43
ADSR54
Variable fan speed control
284x240x115
RTRD7
5-step control, maximum 7A
309x262x160
RTRD14
5-step control, maximum 14A
290x400x166
RTRDU7
5-step control, high/low speed, maximum 7A
290x400x166
PKDM12
Variable fan speed control high/low speed, max 12A
316x270x143
214
Controls and accessoiries
MDC
MDCDC
AGB304
KUR
CBT
Fan speed controls
MDC, magnetic door contact with time delay
Starts the air curtain or increases from low to high
speed when the door is opened. When the door is
closed, the fan continues to run for the preset time
(2s–10 min). Prevents the fan from starting/stopping
continuously and is especially suitable for doors that are
frequently opened. Three alternating volt-free contacts
10 A, 230V~. Is activated by a volt-free make. A MDCDC
is included in MDC. IP44.
KUR, digital time switch
Digital weekly time switch with 8 program steps (36
storage positions). Alternating contact. IP44.
High protection class (IP44).
CBT, electronic timer
Electronic timer with alternating contact. Setting range
1/2-1-2-4 or 4-8-16-24 hours respectively. The setting
range can be limited down to a maximum time of 1/2
hours. IP44.
MDCDC, magnetic door contact
Indicates door status. Extra MDCDC are used when
several doors are connected to a MDC. IP44.
AGB304, door contact
Starts the air curtain or activates a fan speed regulator
when the door is opened. When the door closes,
AGB304 stops the air curtain or changes fan speed
through a fan speed regulator. Alternating contact 4 A,
230V~. IP44.
Type
Description
HxWxD
MDC
Magnetic door contact with time delay
155x87x43
MDCDC
Magnetic door contact
AGB304
Door contact
[mm]
KUR
Digital time switch
175x85x105
CBT
Electronic time switch
155x87x43
215
Controls and accessories
T10
TK10
RTS01
RTI2V
RTI2
TD10
TKS16(400)
RTI2, electronic 2-step thermostats
Processor controlled 2-step thermostats for room
heating /cooling. Available with concealed or visible
knob. Adjustable temperature difference between
the steps (1–10 degrees). Save reduction function
via an external accessory e.g. timer (1–10 degrees).
External sensor (RTS01) available as an accessory. High
protection class (IP44). CE compliant.
RTS01, external sensor (accessory)
External sensor of NTC-type 10 Kohm. 3 m cable
included.
Type
Voltage
(supply)
[V]
[A]
[°C]
[°C]
T10
230V~
10
5–30
10–40
Max
input
Setting range
Limit floor
heating
RTI2V
RTI2
TD10
TK10
Fonctions
T10
T, TK, TD, basic offer thermostats
Processor controlled thermostats for room/floor heating.
Available with concealed/visible knob or digital display.
Model with visible knob also available in 400 V. External
sensor (RTS01) available as an accessory. CE compliant.
TKS16(400)
Electronic thermostats for shops and offices
Internal sensor
X
X
X
X
X
X
External sensor
X*¹
X*¹
X*¹
X*¹
X*¹
X*¹
Save reduction
X*²
X*²
X*²
X*²
X*²
X*²
Volt free contact
X
X
X
X
X
X
Contact, 1-pole closing
X
X
X
X
Contact, 1-pole alternating
X
X
Digital display
X
Advanced extra functions*³
Internal setting
X
Fits wall box system
X
X
X
Heating or cooling function
X
X
X
X
2-step
Adjustable temp.diff.
between the steps
*¹) External sensor (RTS01) as accessory.
*²) Can be used with an external accessory, e.g. timer.
*³) See manuals on www.frico.se.
Save
reduction
X
X
X
X
X
X
Protection
class
Dimensions
HxWxD
[K]
Proportional Connection
control*¹
temperature
difference
[K/min]
[K]
-4
2K/10min
IP30
80x80x31
0,5
[mm]
TK10
230V~
10
5–30
10–40
-4
2K/10min
0,5
IP30
80x80x31
TKS16
230V~
16
5–30
10–40
-4
2K/10min
0,5
IP30
80x80x39
TKS16400
400V2~
16
5–30
10–40
-4
2K/10min
0,5
IP30
80x80x39
TD10
230V~
10
5–37
5–37
Adjustable
Adjustable
0,3
IP30
80x80x31
RTI2
230V~
5–35
-
Adjustable
-
0,5
IP44
155x87x43
RTI2V
230V~
5–35
-
Adjustable
-
0,5
IP44
155x87x43
16/10,
230/400V~
16/10,
230/400V~
*¹) P-band [K]/time of cycle [min]
216
Controls and accessoiries
KRT1900/1901
KRT2800
KRTV19
• KRTV 19 has an external dial with an adjustable stop
for the maximum setting.
KRT2800
• KRT 1900/1901 both have internal dials but have
different setting ranges.
Fonctions
KRTV19
Capillary tube thermostats with alternating contacts
For the control of heat/cold, valves and fans. The
housing is of thermal plastic. For 230/400V and
approved for 16 A at 230V and 10 A at 400V.
KRT1900/1901
Capillary tube thermostats for industry and outdoor
Internal sensor
X
X
X
X
X
X
Contact, 1-pole alternating
X
X
Internal setting
X
External sensor
Volt free contact
Contact, 1-pole closing
2-step thermostat capillary tube with alternating
contacts
2-step control is appropriate for the soft and economical
control of heat output (cold also) in e.g. fan heaters and
air curtains. KRT 2800 has an adjustable temperature
difference between the steps (1–4 °C). For 230/400V
and approved for 16 A at 230V and 10 A at 400V.
Type
Voltage (supply)
[V]
Max input
[A]
X
X
Fits wall box system
Heating or cooling function
X
X
X
2-step
X
Adjustable temp.diff. between the steps
X
Setting range
[°C]
Protection class
HxWxD
[mm]
KRT1900
230/400
16/10
0 – +40ºC
IP55
165x57x60
KRT1901
230/400
16/10
-35 – +10ºC
IP55
165x57x60
KRTV19
230/400
16/10
0 – +30ºC
IP44
165x57x60
KRT2800
230/400
16/10
0 – +40ºC
IP55
165x57x60
217
Controls and accessories
VR20/25
AV20/25
BPV10
TRV20/25
TVV20/25
SD20
JVF20/25
SD20
Water controls
VR 20/25, valve kit
For control of water flow to hot water heated air
curtains.
The valve set consists of the following:
• AV20/25, stop valve
• JVF20/25, adjustment valve
• TRV20/25, on/off 3-way valve
• BPV10, by-pass valve
TVV20/25, 2-way control valve
TVV20 has a pipe dimension of DN20 (3/4”) and TVV25
of DN25 (1”). Pressure class PN16. Maximum pressure 2
MPa (20 bar).
Maximum pressure drop TVV20: 100 kPa (1 bar)
Maximum pressure drop TVV25: 62 kPa (0,62 bar)
The kv-value is adjustable in 3 steps:
Pos 1
Pos 2
Pos 3
TVV20
kv 1,6
kv 2,5
kv 3,5
TVV25
kv 2,5
kv 4,0
kv 5,5
• SD20. actuator on/off 230V~
VR20/25
The stop valve (AV20/25) consists of a ball valve which
is either open or closed. It is used to turn the water flow
off and on. The water flow can be fine-tuned manually
with the adjustment valve and can also be completely
turned off. The water flow may be read off the valve.
The kv value for JVF20 is 3,5 and for JVF25 it is 5,5.
If the 3-way valve (TRV20/25) is closed, the flow
through the by-pass valve is low to ensure presence of
warm water in the heating coil. This leads to instant
heat supply when needed and some degree of frost
protection. The actuator (SD20) works on/off.
The valve set is available with two different valve
dimensions: VR 20 - DN20 (3/4”) and VR 25 - DN25
(1”). The by-pass valve dimension is DN10 (3/8”). To
regulate VR20/25, a suitable thermostat has to be added.
SD20, actuator on/off 230V~
SD20 controls the heat supply. Works on/off. A 5 second
closing of the valve prevents sudden pressure changes in
the pipe system. IP40.
TVV20/25, 2-way regulation valve and SD20, actuator
provides a basic form of water regulation, without the
possibility of adjusting or shutting the water flow off,
e.g. when making maintenance. A suitable thermostat is
chosen to regulate TVV20/25 and SD20.
TE3434
Flexible hose, length 0,8 metres, for water heated
units (2 is needed for a unit) with external thread 3/4”
(DN20) at one end and coupling nut internal thread 3/4”
(DN20), on the other.
AV20/25
JVF20/25
TRV20/25
T10/KRT
BPV10
TVV20/25
SD20
SD20
T10/KRT
°C
°C
230V ~
218
230V ~
Controls and accessoiries
2x
4x
ADPK1
ADPF1
22003/22004
GWB
AXP300
Accessories
ADPK1, pendulum mounting kit
For AD200/300/400. Mounting kit for pendulum
mounting of the AD-range. Consists of 2 pendulum
brackets, length 1 metre, and 4 bracket fixtures, 2 for
the unit and 2 for the ceiling.
The pendulum brackets are covered by a white plastic
bracket to cover the cables. The brackets may be cut
to desired length, if shorter installation length than
1 metre is required. Note! The 2-metres units need 3
fixing points.
ADPF1, pendulum fixture
For AD200/300/400. Pendulum fixtures for the ADrange. Consists of 4 pendulum fixtures, 2 for the unit
and 2 for the ceiling. Note! The 2-metres units need 3
fixing points.
GWB, wall bracket
For AG4000/4500/5000. GWB400 is used for AG4000
and GWB640 is used for AG4500/5000. 2 brackets are
needed for units up to 1,5 metres and 3 brackets are
needed for 2 and 2,5 metre units. The brackets are
screwed into place in the wall. The air curtain is then
suspended from the brackets using threaded bars. Can
also be used for AGV4000 to fix the unit to the wall or
the ceiling. Zinc plated.
AXP300, collision protection
AXP300 is mounted on the ground next to a vertical air
curtain to prevent it from being hit by trucks, shopping
trolleys and similar. Colour: metal grey.
22003, 22004, false ceiling grille
Primarily used as air intake grille when the air curtain
is recessed into a false ceiling. Available in two sizes;
1192x192 mm and 1515x192 mm. White lacquered.
Type
Description
ADPK1
Pendulum mounting kit
ADPF1
Pendulum fixture
HxWxD
[mm]
22003
False ceiling grille
1192x192x20
22004
False ceiling grille
1515x192x20
GWB400
Wall mounting bracket for AG4000
120x40x400
GWB640
Wall mounting bracket for AG4500/5000
120x40x640
AXP300
Collision protection
219
Controls and accessories
Wiring diagrams thermostats
Internal wiring diagrams, basic offer
T10
TD10
10A / 230V~ (AC1)
>t°C
10A / 230V~ (AC1)
>t°C
T10/
TK10
4 4 2 2 6 7
15
10
20
4 4 2 2 6 7
5
30
25
LOAD
LOAD
TK10
N L
230V~
N L
230V~
Sensor
15
TKS16/
16A / 230V~ (AC1)
TKS16400 16A / 400V2~ (AC1)
10
20
5
30
>t°C
25
TKS16
Sensor
A/B
4 2o 2 7 6 5
15
10
20
5
30
25
LOAD
TKS16400
N
L
L1
L2
230V~/
400V2~
Sensor
Internal wiring diagram, 2-step thermostat
RTI2/
RTI2V
16A / 230V~ (AC1)
10A / 400V2~ (AC1)
>t°C
Hi
RTI2
230V~
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 L L N
30
Sensor
RTI2V
LOAD
25
LOAD
20
10
220
>t°C
Lo
N
L
N L
(L2)
(L2)
230V~ / 230V~ /
400V2~ 400V2~
L N
230V~
Sensor
Sensor
A/B
TD10
Sensor
A/B
Controls and accessoiries
Wiring diagrams thermostats
Internal wiring diagrams, capillary tube thermostats
KRT(V)
19(00)
16A / 230V~ (AC1)
10A / 400V2~ (AC1)
KRT2800 16A / 230V~ (AC1)
10A / 400V2~ (AC1)
>t°C
>t°C
Hi
>t°C
Lo
3 2 1
3 2 1
3 2 1
KRT1900
KRTV19
N
(L2)
L
N
L
(L2)
230V~ /
400V2~
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
KRT2800
N
L
(L2)
230V~ /
400V2~
Internal wiring diagram, digital time switch
KUR
1 2
3 4 5
LOAD
KUR
16A / 230V~ (AC1)
L N
230V~
Internal wiring diagram, electronic timer
CBT
16A / 230V~
4h
2h
1h
12
CBT
CBT
1 2 3
LOAD
L N
L N
230V~
221
Technical handbook
Store entrance, SIBA , Göteborg, Sweden
AD300
222
– energy saving and comfort
In many places the door is opened so often, that considerable energy losses occur and the working environment
becomes unpleasant.
A simple solution to these problems is to install an
air curtain. Expressed in simple terms you could say
that air curtains create a barrier between air of different
temperatures. An invisible door is created which prevents the indoor air from leaking out and the outdoor
air from getting in. This gives lower energy costs and
a substantially improved working environment.
Without heat, with electrical heat or
water heat
Frico’s air curtain range is called
Thermozone. The Thermozone-range
include air curtains for every requirement and opening. They are designed
to save energy and increase comfort.
223
Teknisk handbok
Large energy losses occur through open hatches, doors
and gates. Heated, cooled or air conditioned air disappears through the door, resulting in high energy costs.
When cold air gets in through the opening this
in-turn creates problems. Open and draughty doors
with bad insulation result in draught and cold draught.
This is often a big problem in the working environment
even with smaller openings, such as service hatches in
kiosks.
An open door or hatch also leads to other problems,
such as the ingress of exhaust fumes and insects.
Technical handbook
Thermozone® Technology
Optimized air curtains
Thirty years of air curtain development in the
demanding Scandinavian climate has given us
a unique platform to create air curtains with
optimal door protection. Thanks to the Thermozone
technology, the performance can be precisely
adjusted to obtain an air curtain with efficient
separation that is also comfortable to pass through.
Thermozone air curtains are optimized in:
• Airflow geometry
• Performance
• Sound level
Airflow geometry
Based on fifty years’ experience of fan technology we
have developed air curtains with the lowest possible
sound levels and turbulence – without compromising
efficiency. Our highly skilled technicians, considerable
experience, and one of Europe’s most modern air and
sound laboratories have all contributed to what we
consider to be the optimal combination of all the
components in an air curtain.
Performance
Impulse and air velocity are very important factors
when talking about air curtain performance. The same
impulse can be obtained in different ways and a higher
impulse does not necessarily mean that the air curtain
is more efficient. There are different theories on this subject but we
maintain that we have found the balance between air
volume and velocity that provides optimal efficiency. Furthermore, high speed causes high sound levels and
turbulence and large air volumes require a lot of heat.
Sound level
Frico focuses strongly on sound levels and we work
constantly on improvements. The kind of fans we use
and the overall optimisation in air flow geometry also
result in optimized sound levels. Sound is an important
environmental factor, equally as important as good light,
fresh air and ergonomics. Awareness of and demands
for lower sound levels are increasing. At Frico we take
responsibility for this and limit the effects our products
have on overall sound levels. Read more about sound on
page 244.
On the following pages you can read more about tests
that illustrate Thermozone technology.
R
240
Technical handbook
The invisible door
The simulated environment was a cold storage area in a
food store where dairy products are held. The area had
a direct connection with normal room temperature. By
carrying out a set of tests at different conditions and by
measuring the temperature at different points in the air
stream, the following charts were generated, showing
how the airflow can effect the temperature in the
different areas around the opening.
The dark red colour shows room temperature and the
darkest blue colour the lowest cold-storage temperature.
The value on the x-axis indicates the distance in
centimetres from the unit, the value on the y-axis
indicates the distance in centimetres from the floor.
To the right of each diagram is a key to the colours/
temperature relationship.
Opening without air curtain
In an opening without protection you can see how the
cold air escapes through the opening, resulting in a
significant amount of warm air ingress.
Opening with an air curtain set at the wrong angle
If the angle is too small, warm air will blow in to
the cold storage and result in increased internal
temperature and subsequent energy loss.
Opening with an air curtain, velocity too high
The airflow is an important factor in achieving a good
result with an air curtain. Excessive velocity will result
in energy loss and an increase in the cold storage
temperature.
Opening with a correctly adjusted air curtain
With the air curtain correctly set-up a sharp separation
is made between the temperature zones.
The test was carried out using Thermozone ADA Cool,
model ADAC120, by Malmö Technical University,
Sweden.
241
Technical handbook
Performance
Separating climate zones where only the
temperature differs is relatively easy. Handling
an opening that is exposed in terms of wind and
pressure differences i.e. unbalanced ventilation (read
more on pages 190-191) is more difficult. Our aim
is to counteract these problems by achieving the
optimal balance between air volume and air velocity.
Not only does this balance make the air curtain more
efficient, but it also provides other advantages such
as a comfortable indoor climate with less noise and
turbulence. Energy costs are reduced at the same
time.
same impulse as a unit with low air velocity and a large
airflow.
If airflow and air velocity are optimized the air curtain
can perform better than units with higher impulse
or higher air velocity. The air velocity profiles shown
in the catalogue are based on measurements done
in a laboratory environment with a hot-wire probe
instrument, using recognised test methods, the figures
represent peak levels.
Performance test
Frico has developed a method for testing the
performance of air curtains. The test described below
was carried out as a full scale test. The idea is to
compare the air volume that passes through a door with
and without an air curtain. The testing facility used
is described in Fig. 1. The two rooms correspond to
outdoor and indoor environments. There are two ducts
equipped with airflow measuring devices between the
two rooms. An axial fan is mounted in the end of each
duct. The air curtain is installed above the opening.
There are different theories on this subject, but
supported by our tests, we maintain that we have found
the balance that provides optimal efficiency combined
with low energy consumption. High velocities require
a lot of energy to build up the necessary pressure.
Large air volumes also require a lot of energy.
Impulse and air velocity are important factors when
talking about air curtain performance. The impulse is
the mass flow (air volume x density) multiplied by the
velocity and it can be created in different ways. A unit
with high air velocity and a small airflow can have the
Outdoors
A
I
R
C
U
R
T
A
I
N
Indoors
P [Pa]
Q [m³/h]
Fig. 1 Testing facility
242
Technical handbook
P [Pa]
When the fans are running airflow is created from
the indoor to the outdoor environment and the exact
same air volume passes through the ducts as through
the opening. This creates a pressure difference ((DP)
between the two rooms. The fans start at a low
speed which is gradually increased. In the meantime
information on airflow and pressure differences is stored
in a computer. A curve is created from the data and this
is shown in Fig. 2 below. The opening is measured with
and without an air curtain. The result is two curves on
which the airflow at a certain pressure difference can
be compared.
Example: At 3 Pa the airflow through the opening
without an air curtain is 4 m3/s and 1,6 m3/s with an
air curtain. The difference in airflow shows the
efficiency of the air curtain. In this case there is
(4-1,6)/4*100 = 60% less flow with an air curtain than
without.
This makes it possible to compare the performance of
different products under the same circumstances.
Fig. 3 shows the result of tests of units constructed
on different principles. Type 1 has high air velocity
and small airflow, type 2 has medium air velocity,
a large airflow and a Thermozone with optimized air
velocity and airflow. The Thermozone is more efficient
than the type 2 unit even though it has 13% lower
impulse.
Without air curtain
With AC402
Fig. 2. Airflow through the opening, with and without air
curtain at different pressures
Airflow [m3/h]
Thermozone, impulse=19,3 kg • m/s2, air velocity 13m/s, airflow 4500 m3/h
Type 1, impulse=11,9 kg • m/s2, air velocity 18m/s, airflow 2000 m3/h
Type 2, impulse=22,3 kg • m/s2, air velocity 9m/s, airflow 7500 m3/h
Fig. 3. Air curtains mounted on 3 metres height, efficiency at
different pressures
Pressure difference [Pa]
243
Technical handbook
Sound
Sound is an important environmental factor, equally
important as good light, fresh air and ergonomics.
What we usually call the sound level of a product
is actually the sound pressure level. The sound
pressure level includes the distance to the sound
source, the position of the sound source and
acoustics of the room. This means that a silent
product is essential, but the whole environment
needs to be considered to achieve a comfortable
sound level.
What is sound?
Sound is caused by air pressure fluctuations that evolve
when a sound source vibrates. The sound waves that are
produced are condensation and dillusion of air particles
without the air in itself moving. A sound wave can have
different velocities in different media. In air the sound
has a velocity of 340 m/s.
How is sound measured?
Sound level is measured in decibel (dB). The dB is a
logarithmic unit used to describe a ratio. If the sound
level is increased by 10 dB, the result is twice as loud
(matematically it is 6 dB, but the way we hear it, it is
10 dB).
It is also useful to know that two equally strong sound
sources give an added sound level of 3 dB. Assume
you have two entrances with two air curtains in each
entrance, all four units with a sound level of 50 dB. The
total sound level will then be 56 dB. The first opening
will have a total sound level of 53 dB plus an extra 3 dB
from the other opening.
Points of reference – dB
0 The softest sound a person can hear
10 Normal breathing
30
Recommended max. level for bedrooms
40 Quiet office, library
50 Large office
60 Normal conversation
80 Ringing telephone
85 Noisy restaurant
110 Shouting in ear
120 The threshold of pain
and the threshold of pain is 120 dB.
The sound pressure decreases with the distance from
the source and is also affected by the acoustics of the
room.
Sound power
Sound power is the energy per time unit (Watt), which
the object emits. Sound power is calculated from the
sound pressure and also uses a logarithmic scale. Sound
power is not dependent on the sound source nor the
acoustics of the room, which therefore simplifies the
comparisons of different objects.
Frequency
A sound source’s periodical oscillation is its frequency.
Frequency is measured as the number of oscillations
per second, where one oscillation per second is 1 Hertz
(Hz).
Sound power level and sound pressure level
If the sound source emits a certain sound power level,
the following will affect the sound pressure level:
1.Direction factor, Q
Specifies how the sound is distributed around the
sound source. See figure below.
2.Distance from sound source
The distance from the sound source in metres.
3.The rooms equivalent absorption area
The ability for a surface to absorb sound can be
expressed as an absorption factor, α, which has a value
between 0 and 1. The value 1 corresponding to a fully
absorbing surface and the value 0 to a fully reflective
surface. The equivalent absorption area of a room is
expressed in m2. This can be calculated by multiplying
the room’s surface area by the surfaces’ absorption
factor.
With these known factors it is possible to calculate the
sound pressure if the sound power level is known.
Fundamental concepts
Sound pressure
Pressure develops when pressure waves move, for
example in the air. The sound pressure is measured in
Pascals (Pa). To clarify sound pressure a logarithmic
scale is used which is based on the differences between
the actual sound pressure level and the sound pressure
at the threshold of hearing. The scale has the units
decibels (dB), where the threshold of hearing is 0 dB
244
The distribution of sound around the
sound source.
Q=1
Q=2
Q=4
Q=8
Middle of room
On wall or roof
Between wall and roof
In corner
Technical handbook
Table and diagrams for dimensioning
Basic electrical formulas
Dimensioning table for cables and wires
Amperage
Direct current
and single-phase
alternating current at
cosϕ=1
3-phase alternating
current
Y-connection
If=I
I=U/R=P/U
3-phase alternating
current
∆-connection
I=If 3
Voltage
Direct current and
single-phase alternating current at cosϕ=1
3-phase alternating 3-phase alternating
current
current
∆-connection
Y-connection
U=Uf 3
U=RI
Uf=U
Power
Direct current
and single-phase
alternating current at
cosϕ=1
P=UI
3-phase alternating
current
Y-connection
P= 3UIcosϕ
3-phase alternating
current
∆-connection
P= 3 UI cosϕ
Installation wires,
Connection wires
open or in conduit
Area
Continuous
Fuse
Area [mm2]
Fuse [A]
[mm2]
current [A]
[A]
1,5
10
0,75
6
10
2,5
16
1
10
10
4
20
6
25
1,5
16
16
10
35
2,5
25
20
16
63
4
32
25
25
80
6
40
35
35
100
10
63
63
50
125
70
160
95
200
120
250
150
250
185
315
240
315
300
400
400
500
U = operating voltage in volts: with direct current and
1-phase alternating current between the two conductors,
with 3-phase alternating current two phases (not
between phase and zero).
Uf = voltage between phase and zero in a three-phase
cable.
3 ≅ 1.73
I = current in ampere
If = current in ampere in phase wire
R = resistance in ohm
P = power in watts
Dimensioning table
Symbols for model types
= normal design (no symbols), IPX0
= drip-proof design, IPX1
= splash-proof design, IPX4
= jet-proof design, IPX5
1.6
1.7
Protection classes for electrical material
Amperage at different powers and voltages
Power
Voltage [V]
[kW]
127/1
230/1
400/1
230/3
400/3
500/3
1.0
7,85
4,34
2,50
2,51
1,46
1,16
1.1
8,65
4,78
2,75
2,76
1,59
1,27
1.2
9,45
5,22
3,00
3,02
1,73
1,39
1,50
1.3
10,2
5,65
3,25
3,27
1,88
1.4
11,0
6,09
3,50
3,52
2,02
1,62
1.5
11,8
6,52
3,75
3,77
2,17
1,73
12,6
6,96
4,00
4,02
2,31
1,85
13,4
7,39
4,25
4,27
2,46
1,96
1.8
14,2
7,83
4,50
4,52
2,60
2,08
1.9
15,0
8,26
4,75
4,78
2,75
2,20
2.0
15,8
8,70
5,00
5,03
2,89
2,31
2.2
17,3
9,67
5,50
5,53
3,18
2,54
2,66
2.3
18,1
10,0
5,75
5,78
3,32
2.4
18,9
10,4
6,00
6,03
3,47
2,77
2.6
20,5
11,3
6,50
6,53
3,76
3,01
IP, first figure
Protection against solid objects
2.8
22,0
12,2
7,00
7,03
4,05
3,24
0
No protection
3.0
23,6
13,0
7,50
7,54
4,34
3,47
1
Protection against solid objects ≥50 mm
3.2
25,2
13,9
8,00
8,04
4,62
3,70
2
Protection against solid objects ≥12.5 mm
3.4
26,8
14,8
8,50
8,54
4,91
3,93
3
Protection against solid objects ≥2.5 mm
3.6
28,4
15,7
9,00
0,05
5,20
4,15
4
Protection against solid objects ≥1.0 mm
3.8
29,9
16,5
9,50
9,55
5,49
4,39
5
Protection against dust
4.0
31,15
17,4
10,0
10,05
5,78
4,62
6
Dust-tight
4.5
35,4
19,6
11,25
11,31
6,50
5,20
5.0
39,4
21,7
12,50
12,57
7,23
5,78
IP, second figure
Protection against water
0
No protection
1
Protection against vertically dripping water
2
Protection against dripping water angled at max
15°
3
Protection against sprinkled water
7.5
59,0
32,6
4
Protection against spraying with water
8.0
63,0
34,8
5
Protection against water jets
8.5
67,0
37,0
6
Protection against heavy seas
9.0
71,0
7
Protection against short-term immersion in water
9.5
75,0
8
Protection against the effects of long-term
immersion in water
10.0
78,5
43,5
5.5
43,3
23,9
13,75
13,82
7,95
6,36
6.0
47,3
26,1
15,0
15,1
8,67
6,94
6.5
51,2
28,3
16,25
16,3
9,39
7,51
7.0
55,0
30,4
17,50
17,6
10,1
8,09
18,75
18,8
10,8
8,67
20,0
20,1
11,6
9,25
21,25
21,4
12,3
9,83
39,1
22,5
22,6
13,0
10,4
41,3
23,75
23,9
13,7
11,0
25,0
25,1
14,5
11,6
For power outputs between 0,1 and 1 kW, the amperage read is
multiplied by 0,1. For power outputs between 10 and 100 kW, the
amperage read is multiplied by 10.
245
Technical handbook
Energy savings with air curtains
The diagram below shows how big the energy losses can
be through a door without air curtains as protection.
Assumptions:
Large room
Average annual temperature
6,5°C
Average annual wind velocity υ10
4 m/s
Duration of open door
1 hr/day
Opening height [m]
Losses [MWh/year]
240
8
220
200
1 80
6
1 60
5
1 40
1 20
4
1 00
80
3
60
40
20
1
2
3
4
Energy losses through an unprotected opening
Several factors affect air exchange and energy losses
through an opening. The main factors are the size of
the opening, the frequency of the traffic and the stress
in terms of wind as well as temperature and pressure
differences.
The stress on the door is caused by temperature and
pressure differences and wind.
246
5
6
7
8
9
Opening width [m]
With an air curtain installed inside the opening you
limit the energy losses, the amount saved depends on
the character of the opening. Overleaf is an example
showing some given factors and an estimated saving.
The stress on the opening counteracted by an air curtain.
Technical handbook
Calculation on energy savings
Door height
5 m
Door width
4 m
Days per week in operation
5 days
Open time per 24 hours
1 h/24
Duration of each opening of door
5 min/opening
Dim. indoor temperature
18 °C
Dim. outdoor temperature
-18 °C
Average annual temperature
5 °C
Wind velocity
4 m/s
Volume of the room
6400 m3
If we compare the values in the diagram on the previous
page with the diagram below we can see that the
air curtain eliminates up to 65% of the air exchange
through the door.
We will compare the energy losses through an open,
unprotected door to an equivalent door with air curtains
installed. The calculations should be seen as guidelines.
Calculations on energy savings is no exact science, it is
difficult to determine the effect of draughts, how well
sealed the building is, the stack effect, the wind speed
and direction etc. What we can see, however, is that the
energy losses are high if an opening is left unprotected.
Energy losses, unprotected opening:
69 MWh/yr
Energy losses, opening with air curtain:
24 MWh/yr
Energy savings:
45 MWh/yr
Savings [%]
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
4,5
5
5,5
6
6,5
7
7,5
8
8,5
9,5
10
Height of opening [m]
Estimated energy savings (efficiency) gained with air curtains for
openings of different heights compared to equivalent unprotected
openings.
Contact Frico
You are very welcome to contact us to discuss
conditions in your opening. With some information
from you we can estimate possible energy savings. See
check list to the right with useful parameters.
9
• The width and height of the door
• Type and size of premises
• Days per week in operation
• Open time per 24 hours
• Indoor and outdoor temperature
• Wind exposure
• Under pressure
247
Technical handbook
Why is there draught from an open door?
A door needs to be opened to let people and
vehicles pass through. An open door also attracts
more customers. The drawback is cold draughts
and energy losses. The amount of air that leaks out
through an open door depends on the pressure
difference between the indoor and outdoor air.
The airflow through an opening is caused by three
factors:
• Pressure difference outdoors/indoors
• Temperature difference outdoors/indoors
• Wind velocity at the opening
Simply put you could say that if the conditions on each
side of the door differ in any way, than there will be a
draught through the doors. Air leaks out through an
open door to level out the differences in pressure and
temperature. In a heated room this means that warm
air leaks out and is replaced by cold air. Wind blowing
towards the opening also affects the airflow.
Airflow due to pressure differences
For an air curtain to function at optimum efficiency
it is important that the over or under pressure in
the building is not too large. The pressure difference
between the building and its surroundings can be
eliminated with balanced ventilation which counteracts
the airflow resulting from pressure differences between
internal and external air.
Ventilation systems are generally so called zero
pressure systems that are mechanically tuned and
based on conditions at the time of adjustment. When
conditions change, through variations in temperature,
air pressure, wind effect or humidity, the balance of
the zero pressure system will result in either an over or
under pressure in the building (usually under pressure).
An air curtain can withstand 5 Pa pressure difference
as a maximum, depending on the circumstances. Even
lower pressure differences could considerably affect the
efficiency of the air curtain.
With balanced ventilation, comfort levels are raised
and energy costs reduced. Balanced ventilation can
be obtained with pressure regulation through the
ventilation system, although the most efficient way is to
continuously measure the pressure difference between
the internal and external air and regulate the ventilation
based on this data. Contact us for more information.
The airflow due to pressure difference, QP, can be
calculated thus:
∆P • 2
ρ
QP = W • H •
• 0,8 (∆P< 5 Pa)
where
248
W
=
Width of the door [m]
H
=
Height of the door [m]
∆P
=
Pressure differences
ρ
=
Density of the air
[1]
Airflow due to temperature differences
Warm internal air is less dense and lighter than cold out
door air, causing a pressure difference at the opening.
The cold outside air streams in at the bottom of the
opening and forces out warm air through the upper
part of the doorway. This is referred to as the opening
”breathing.”The size of the airflow varies according
to the differences in temperature between internal
and external air. The air exchange is therefore said to
be caused by thermal temperature differences. Using
known values for the temperatures in the building as
well as outdoors, the density of the air masses can be
calculated and thereby also the pressure differences and
the airflow through the opening.
The airflow, QT, can be calculated thus:
where
QT =
1.5
W
• H • µ0 •
3
g•
∆ρ
ρm
[2]
W
=
Width of the door [m]
H
=
Height of the door [m]
µ0
=
Flow coefficient (0,1-1,0)
g
=
Gravitation coefficient (9,81 m/s2)
∆ρ
=
Density differences between the air
masses
ρm
=
Average density of the air masses
Airflow due to thermal pressure differences
Technical handbook
Wind stress
When the wind blows against the doorway, air
streams through the opening. The air stream is evenly
distributed over the entire opening. The size of the
airflow is thus proportional to the wind velocity at a
right angle to the opening. (After a time, the room will
have such a great overpressure that the airflow will be
limited to what leaks out through unsealed areas of
the building.) A wind velocity of 3 m/s equals a load
pressure of 5 Pa.
Airflow due to wind stress, QV, can be calculated thus:
υ10
Qv = W • H • 2 • 0,25 x L where
W
=
[3]
Width of the door
H
=
Height of the door
υ10
=
Average yearly velocity at a ht. of
10 metres (see climate data)
0,25
=
Wind direction frequency factor
L
=
Position factor, 1 = normal value,
>1 for subjected position
Total airflow
Total airflow through the opening is the sum of the flow
due to temperature and pressure differences and the
flow due to wind stress.
Qtot = QT + QV+QP
[4]
Important notes
• If there is negative pressure in the room the
performance of the air curtains will be substantially
reduced, the ventilation should therefore be balanced.
An air curtain can not block a deficit in the amount
of air (under pressure) caused by an unbalanced
ventilation. Mechanical fans are always more powerful
than any jet of air.
• If an opening is exposed to wind, this affects the
efficiency of the air curtain. An air curtain may
withstand a wind velocity of 3 m/s as a maximum,
depending on the circumstances. In openings highly
exposed to wind more heat can be added. For new
constructions it is advisable to consider relocating the
opening or adding a revolving door or double door,
preferrably with the openings not in a straight line.
• In most cases the air curtain unit should be placed on
the inside of the opening it is meant to protect. When
protecting a cold room however it is positioned on the
warm side.
• To obtain optimal air curtain performance the air
curtain should be placed as close to the opening as
possible and cover the whole width of the opening.
• The direction and speed of the air stream should
be adjusted according to the characteristics of the
doorway. Wind pressure affects the air curtain’s
performance and tends to bend the air stream
inwards. The air current should therefore be angled
outwards.
Total airflow
249
Technical handbook
250
Technical handbook
251
Technical handbook
252
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement